Download the UEL Club Manual 2013/14 - RSCA.be
Download the UEL Club Manual 2013/14 - RSCA.be
Download the UEL Club Manual 2013/14 - RSCA.be
You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles
YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.
CONTENTS<br />
KEY ELEMENTS OF THE UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE 1<br />
GENERAL STADIUM FACILITIES<br />
UEFA, UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE PARTNERS AND VISITING CLUB EXPERIENCE<br />
UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE BROADCASTER FACILITIES<br />
MEDIA FACILITIES<br />
SIGNAGE FACILITIES<br />
CLUB PRODUCTION ITEMS<br />
EXCLUSIVITY AND STADIUM BRANDING<br />
SPONSOR/SUPPLIER PARTNERS’ ACTIVITIES<br />
UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE BROADCASTERS ACTIVITIES<br />
MEDIA PRACTISES AND PROCEDURES<br />
CLUB ACTIVITIES<br />
ACCESS AND ACCREDITATION<br />
BRAND AND ENTERTAINMENT ACTIVITIES<br />
UEFA PROMOTIONS<br />
LICENSING<br />
PRODUCT CATEGORY EXCLUSIVITY LIST<br />
APPENDICES<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18
CONTENTS<br />
Page<br />
Page Page Page 1<br />
General Secretary’s Message................................9<br />
1 KEY ELEMENTS OF THE<br />
UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />
1.1 Use of <strong>the</strong> manual.................................................. 13<br />
1.2 The competition...................................................... <strong>14</strong><br />
1.3 The partnership....................................................... 17<br />
1.4 Overview of <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />
Europa League concept........................................ 18<br />
1.5 Overview of organisational matters................ 20<br />
2 GENERAL STADIUM FACILITIES<br />
2.1 Overview of required facilities........................... 31<br />
2.2 Access to facilities.................................................. 35<br />
2.3 Security....................................................................... 35<br />
2.4 Access to facilities for spectators<br />
with disabilities........................................................ 36<br />
2.5 The pitch.................................................................... 37<br />
2.6 Technical facilities................................................... 38<br />
2.7 Retractable roofs..................................................... 39<br />
2.8 Power, lighting and utilities................................. 39<br />
2.9 Scoreboards, videoboards<br />
and internal stadium TV channel..................... 41<br />
2.10 UEFA Europa League Offices.............................. 41<br />
2.11 Meeting rooms........................................................ 42<br />
3 UEFA, UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />
PARTNERS AND VISITING<br />
CLUB EXPERIENCE<br />
3.1 Tickets..............................................................................<br />
47<br />
3.2 Hospitality................................................................. 51<br />
3.3 Parking.............................................................................<br />
52<br />
3.4 Dispatch of tickets, hospitality<br />
and parking passes................................................. 52<br />
3.5 UEFA Europa League<br />
promotional activities........................................... 52<br />
3.6 Product display........................................................ 54<br />
4 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />
BROADCASTER FACILITIES<br />
4.1 Space, facility and<br />
construction requirements.................................. 59<br />
4.2 Camera positions.................................................... 60<br />
4.3 Commentary positions......................................... 66<br />
4.4 Pitch reporter positions........................................ 67<br />
4.5 Broadcast studios................................................... 68<br />
4.6 Interview areas........................................................ 69<br />
4.7 Pitchside presentation areas.............................. 69<br />
4.8 TV compound........................................................... 70<br />
4.9 Cabling........................................................................ 71<br />
4.10 Power and lighting................................................. 72<br />
4.11 Observer seats.......................................................... 72<br />
5 MEDIA FACILITIES<br />
5.1 Media working area............................................... 77<br />
5.2 Media seating (media tribune).......................... 77<br />
5.3 Press conference room......................................... 78<br />
5.4 Mixed zone................................................................ 79<br />
5.5 Photographers’ working area<br />
and match positions.............................................. 80<br />
5.6 Internet connectivity............................................ 80<br />
5.7 Camera storage for non-rights-holding<br />
broadcasters............................................................. 81<br />
5.8 Media hospitality.................................................... 81<br />
6 SIGNAGE FACILITIES<br />
6.1 Deliveries and shipment...................................... 85<br />
6.2 Working and storage areas................................. 85<br />
6.3 Truck parking and security.................................. 85<br />
7 CLUB PRODUCTION ITEMS<br />
7.1 Use of logos.............................................................. 89<br />
7.2 Group stage.............................................................. 90<br />
7.3 Knockout stage........................................................ 94<br />
8 EXCLUSIVITY AND<br />
STADIUM BRANDING<br />
8.1 General........................................................................ 99<br />
8.2 Advertising and stadium dressing.................. 102<br />
9 SPONSOR/SUPPLIER<br />
PARTNERS’ ACTIVITIES<br />
9.1 Presenting sponsor............................................... 107<br />
9.2 Official sponsors.................................................... 107<br />
9.3 Official match ball................................................. 108<br />
9.4 Product supply and display............................... 109<br />
9.5 Matchnight promotions..................................... 109<br />
10 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />
BROADCASTER ACTIVITIES<br />
10.1 Interviews and presentations.......................... 113<br />
10.2 Filming of teams’ preparations....................... 116<br />
11 MEDIA PRACTICES<br />
AND PROCEDURES<br />
11.1 Match activities..................................................... 121<br />
11.2 Additional media activities............................... 125<br />
12 CLUB ACTIVITIES<br />
12.1 Medical requirements......................................... 131<br />
12.2 Playing kit and equipment................................ 132<br />
12.3 UEFA Europa League,<br />
UEFA and Respect flags..................................... 138<br />
12.4 Ballboys/girls........................................................... 139<br />
12.5 Pitch watering........................................................ 139<br />
12.6 <strong>Club</strong> mascots.......................................................... <strong>14</strong>0<br />
12.7 Stadium tours......................................................... <strong>14</strong>0<br />
12.8 Scoreboards, videoboards and<br />
internal stadium TV channel............................ <strong>14</strong>1<br />
12.9 Public address (PA) system............................... <strong>14</strong>3<br />
12.10 <strong>Club</strong> channels......................................................... <strong>14</strong>4<br />
12.11 Filming and video analysis<br />
for technical purposes......................................... <strong>14</strong>5<br />
12.12 Use of technical devices in <strong>the</strong> technical area....... <strong>14</strong>5<br />
12.13 Public screening.................................................... <strong>14</strong>6<br />
12.<strong>14</strong> <strong>Club</strong> media rights................................................. <strong>14</strong>6<br />
13 ACCESS AND ACCREDITATION<br />
13.1 UEFA Europa League<br />
accreditation system .......................................... 151<br />
13.2 Media access rights and<br />
accreditation procedures................................... 154<br />
<strong>14</strong> BRAND AND ENTERTAINMENT<br />
ACTIVITIES<br />
<strong>14</strong>.1 Centre circle and lineup banner...................... 159<br />
<strong>14</strong>.2 <strong>Club</strong> fan and entertainment activities.......... 160<br />
<strong>14</strong>.3 <strong>Club</strong> promotional activities............................... 161<br />
<strong>14</strong>.4 Matchday programme........................................ 162<br />
<strong>14</strong>.5 Non-commercial use of <strong>UEL</strong><br />
marks on digital club platforms...................... 163<br />
<strong>14</strong>.6 Social media............................................................ 164<br />
15 UEFA PROMOTIONS<br />
15.1 Road to <strong>the</strong> final.................................................... 169<br />
15.2 Anti-racism campaign......................................... 169<br />
15.3 Respect campaign................................................ 169<br />
16 LICENSING...................................................... 173<br />
17 PRODUCT CATEGORY<br />
EXCLUSIVITY LIST.................................. 179<br />
18 APPENDICES<br />
18.1 Index.......................................................................... 183<br />
18.2 Contact information............................................ 186<br />
18.3 Season Planner<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
6 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
CONTENTS<br />
7
GENERAL SECRETARY’S MESSAGE<br />
The UEFA Europa League is entering <strong>the</strong> middle<br />
season of <strong>the</strong> second three-year cycle of its life,<br />
and it is safe to say that <strong>the</strong> competition is now<br />
fully established. The format based on a group<br />
stage involving 48 clubs means that <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />
Europa League offers a wide geographical spread<br />
and allows a broad spectrum of teams to add an<br />
international ingredient to <strong>the</strong> menu that <strong>the</strong>y<br />
offer <strong>the</strong>ir fans.<br />
The successful launch of a “new” competition<br />
entails a great deal of hard work and one of<br />
<strong>the</strong> priorities is to give it a strong identity.<br />
This has certainly <strong>be</strong>en achieved, with <strong>the</strong> public<br />
responding positively to <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League’s<br />
strong branding. The response from <strong>the</strong> clubs has<br />
also <strong>be</strong>en extremely positive and this has <strong>be</strong>en<br />
a key element during <strong>the</strong> construction phase<br />
of <strong>the</strong> competition.<br />
One of <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r key issues is to implant “UEFA<br />
standards” as uniformly as possible in a context of<br />
great diversity in terms of venues. Last season was<br />
<strong>the</strong> first in which UEFA managed <strong>the</strong> operational<br />
aspects of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League on an internal<br />
basis, with <strong>the</strong> aim of streamlining procedures and<br />
providing <strong>the</strong> clubs, along with <strong>the</strong> television and<br />
commercial partners, <strong>the</strong> highest possible level of<br />
service. The impact of this adjustment can now<br />
<strong>be</strong> measured with a view to implementing even<br />
fur<strong>the</strong>r improvements and continuing to upgrade<br />
<strong>the</strong> competition during <strong>the</strong> <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong> season.<br />
This is why <strong>the</strong> <strong>Club</strong> <strong>Manual</strong> is especially relevant.<br />
The UEFA Europa League offers a European<br />
experience to a wide range of clubs and, in a<br />
typical season, <strong>the</strong> fixture list is a fascinating<br />
cocktail of experienced campaigners and relative<br />
newcomers. The challenge is <strong>the</strong>refore to achieve<br />
<strong>the</strong> highest possible degree of uniformity and<br />
to streng<strong>the</strong>n <strong>the</strong> identity of <strong>the</strong> competition.<br />
The success of <strong>the</strong> early seasons of <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />
Europa League has <strong>be</strong>en built on a purposeful<br />
partnership <strong>be</strong>tween UEFA and <strong>the</strong> clubs and<br />
on great attention to <strong>the</strong> details outlined in this<br />
<strong>Club</strong> <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />
I am sure that <strong>the</strong> <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong> season will<br />
continue to offer <strong>the</strong> public <strong>the</strong> high levels of<br />
entertainment which have contributed greatly to<br />
<strong>the</strong> consolidation of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League on<br />
Europe’s footballing landscape. I wish you every<br />
possible success in <strong>the</strong> pursuit of your objectives<br />
during <strong>the</strong> fifth season in <strong>the</strong> life of this young<br />
and dynamic competition.<br />
Gianni Infantino<br />
UEFA General Secretary<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
GENERAL SECRETARY’S MESSAGE<br />
9
1 KEY ELEMENTS OF THE<br />
UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />
1.1 USE OF THE MANUAL<br />
1.2 THE COMPETITION<br />
1.3 THE PARTNERSHIP<br />
1.4 OVERVIEW OF THE UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CONCEPT<br />
1.5 OVERVIEW OF ORGANISATIONAL MATTERS<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18
1.1 USE OF THE MANUAL<br />
1<br />
KEY ELEMENTS OF THE<br />
UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />
This manual sets out operational responsibilities<br />
and information for clubs participating in <strong>the</strong><br />
UEFA Europa League. It is directly linked to <strong>the</strong><br />
Regulations of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong>.<br />
• This manual should <strong>be</strong> used in conjunction<br />
with <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League Regulations<br />
<strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong>, <strong>the</strong> UEFA Safety and Security<br />
Regulations (2006 edition), <strong>the</strong> UEFA Stadium<br />
Infrastructure Regulations (2010 edition), <strong>the</strong><br />
UEFA Kit Regulations (2012 edition), <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />
Medical Regulations (<strong>2013</strong> edition) and <strong>the</strong><br />
UEFA Anti-Doping Regulations (<strong>2013</strong> edition).<br />
These regulations always prevail in <strong>the</strong> event of<br />
conflict with <strong>the</strong> contents of this manual. Should<br />
<strong>the</strong>re <strong>be</strong> any discrepancies <strong>be</strong>tween <strong>the</strong> above<br />
regulations, UEFA reserves <strong>the</strong> right to decide<br />
which one should prevail.<br />
• This manual should also <strong>be</strong> used toge<strong>the</strong>r<br />
with <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League club toolkit<br />
<strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong> and <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League Brand<br />
<strong>Manual</strong>. These tools contain all materials<br />
required to correctly reproduce <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />
Europa League logo, UEFA Europa League<br />
partners’ logos, toge<strong>the</strong>r with production<br />
details of all printed materials connected<br />
with <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League.<br />
• This manual is intended solely for internal club<br />
purposes. No part of it may <strong>be</strong> reproduced or<br />
transmitted by any process or means without<br />
<strong>the</strong> prior written consent of UEFA.<br />
• Should you have any questions about<br />
<strong>the</strong> use of this manual, please contact<br />
UEFA using <strong>the</strong> contact details provided<br />
in section 18.2.<br />
Frequently used terms<br />
A num<strong>be</strong>r of terms are used frequently throughout <strong>the</strong> manual. For <strong>the</strong> sake of brevity,<br />
<strong>the</strong> following definitions apply.<br />
Terminology<br />
<strong>UEL</strong><br />
<strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster *<br />
Host broadcaster *<br />
Main visiting broadcaster *<br />
Visiting broadcaster *<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier partner<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> partners<br />
Group stage<br />
Meaning<br />
UEFA Europa League (i.e. <strong>the</strong> group stage onwards)<br />
An entity licensed by UEFA to broadcast <strong>UEL</strong> matches via television,<br />
internet and/or mobile devices<br />
The <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster from <strong>the</strong> country of <strong>the</strong> home club who is responsible<br />
for producing <strong>the</strong> multilateral feed of a particular match<br />
The <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster from <strong>the</strong> country of <strong>the</strong> visiting club who has <strong>the</strong><br />
primary rights in that country for a particular match<br />
A <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster with on-site facilities<br />
A company licensed by UEFA to have sponsorship<br />
and supply rights in relation to <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters and <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier partners who are licensed<br />
by UEFA to have commercial rights in relation to <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League<br />
All matches played in <strong>the</strong> group stage<br />
Knockout stage All matches played in <strong>the</strong> knockout stage – i.e. <strong>the</strong> round of 32, round of 16,<br />
quarter-finals and semi-finals<br />
MD<br />
Matchday – i.e. any day on which a <strong>UEL</strong> match is scheduled to <strong>be</strong> played.<br />
The abbreviations MD-1, MD-2 and MD-3 are used to indicate <strong>the</strong> days<br />
leading up to <strong>the</strong> match and MD+1 denotes <strong>the</strong> day after <strong>the</strong> match<br />
* Please note that for <strong>the</strong> ease of readability <strong>the</strong> term “broadcaster” is used in this manual instead of “audiovisual rights holder”,<br />
as per UEFA regulations.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
KEY ELEMENTS OF THE UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />
13
1.2 THE COMPETITION<br />
The UEFA Europa League format involves a group<br />
stage and a knockout stage. The fifth UEFA<br />
Europa League involves a total of 205 matches,<br />
giving lesser known clubs or those from emerging<br />
countries a <strong>be</strong>tter chance to challenge for a<br />
European honour. The group stage involves 48<br />
clubs, of which 24 qualify for <strong>the</strong> knockout stage<br />
Group stage<br />
(48 clubs:12 groups of four clubs; <strong>the</strong> top two clubs from each group advance to <strong>the</strong> knockout stage)<br />
Group A<br />
Group G<br />
Group B<br />
Group H<br />
Group C<br />
Group I<br />
Group D<br />
Group J<br />
Group E<br />
Group K<br />
and go on to compete in <strong>the</strong> round of 32 toge<strong>the</strong>r<br />
with <strong>the</strong> eight clubs that finished in third position<br />
in <strong>the</strong> UEFA Champions League groups. This first<br />
round of <strong>the</strong> knockout stage is followed by a round<br />
of 16, quarter-finals and semi-finals, <strong>be</strong>fore <strong>the</strong><br />
competition concludes with a one-off final in<br />
Turin on <strong>14</strong> May 20<strong>14</strong>.<br />
Group F<br />
Group L<br />
Total 205<br />
matches<br />
<strong>14</strong>4<br />
Total 15<br />
matchdays<br />
1-6<br />
Match schedule<br />
From <strong>the</strong> start of <strong>the</strong> group stage, <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> season<br />
comprises 15 matchdays, including <strong>the</strong> final. As a<br />
rule, all UEFA Europa League matches kick off at<br />
19.00 and 21.05CET (Central European Time) and<br />
First matchday<br />
2 v 3<br />
4 v 1<br />
Fourth matchday<br />
1 v 3<br />
4 v 2<br />
Second matchday<br />
are played on Thursdays. The only exception is <strong>the</strong><br />
final, which is played on a Wednesday at 20.45CET.<br />
The sequence of group stage matches is as follows.<br />
1 v 2<br />
3 v 4<br />
Fifth matchday<br />
3 v 2<br />
1 v 4<br />
Third matchday<br />
3 v 1<br />
2 v 4<br />
Sixth matchday<br />
2 v 1<br />
4 v 3<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
Standard kick-off times<br />
8<br />
Knockout stage<br />
(32 clubs: 24 clubs from <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> group stage and <strong>the</strong> 8 3rd-placed teams from <strong>the</strong> UCL group stage)<br />
Standard kick-off<br />
times (CET)<br />
Group stage<br />
Knockout stage<br />
9<br />
Quarter-final<br />
Round of 32<br />
Round of 16<br />
Quarter-final Quarter-final<br />
Semi-final<br />
Semi-final<br />
Quarter-final<br />
32<br />
16<br />
8<br />
4<br />
7-8<br />
9-10<br />
11-12<br />
13-<strong>14</strong><br />
Matchday<br />
Wed 20.45<br />
Thu 19.00<br />
21.05<br />
1<br />
MD1<br />
MD1<br />
2<br />
MD2<br />
MD2<br />
3<br />
MD3<br />
MD3<br />
4<br />
MD4<br />
MD4<br />
5<br />
MD5<br />
MD5<br />
6<br />
MD6<br />
MD6<br />
7<br />
R32<br />
R32<br />
8<br />
R32<br />
R32<br />
9<br />
R16<br />
R16<br />
10<br />
R16<br />
R16<br />
11<br />
QF<br />
12<br />
QF<br />
13<br />
SF<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
SF<br />
15<br />
FINAL<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
Final<br />
1<br />
15<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
<strong>14</strong> UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
KEY ELEMENTS OF THE UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />
15
Key dates<br />
1.3 THE PARTNERSHIP<br />
Submission of player lists to UEFA<br />
For all matches in <strong>the</strong> first qualifying round<br />
For all matches in <strong>the</strong> second qualifying round<br />
For all matches in <strong>the</strong> third qualifying round<br />
For all matches in <strong>the</strong> play-off round<br />
For all fur<strong>the</strong>r matches from <strong>the</strong> first match in <strong>the</strong> group stage<br />
up to and including <strong>the</strong> final<br />
For clubs to register three new eligible<br />
players for <strong>the</strong> knockout stage<br />
Submission of sample player kits to UEFA<br />
For clubs that qualify directly for <strong>the</strong> play-offs and <strong>the</strong> group stage<br />
For clubs that qualify for <strong>the</strong> play-offs through <strong>the</strong> qualifying rounds<br />
Draws and club workshops<br />
Knockout stage match dates<br />
24 June <strong>2013</strong> (24.00CET)<br />
12 July <strong>2013</strong> (24.00CET)<br />
26 July <strong>2013</strong> (24.00CET)<br />
12 August <strong>2013</strong> (24.00CET)<br />
2 Septem<strong>be</strong>r <strong>2013</strong> (24.00CET)<br />
3 February 20<strong>14</strong> (24.00CET)<br />
1 July <strong>2013</strong> (24.00CET)<br />
12 August <strong>2013</strong> (24.00CET)<br />
The clubs form unique partnerships with <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong><br />
partners to create a unique combination from<br />
which <strong>the</strong> competition is delivered. Without <strong>the</strong><br />
close cooperation <strong>be</strong>tween clubs, <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters<br />
and <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier partners, <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />
Europa League would not <strong>be</strong> as successful as it is.<br />
UEFA controls and conducts <strong>the</strong> competition and<br />
coordinates <strong>the</strong> three partner groups. In addition,<br />
UEFA has appointed <strong>the</strong> agency TEAM Marketing<br />
to secure financial support from <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> partners.<br />
To ensure <strong>the</strong> success of <strong>the</strong> competition,<br />
everyone must <strong>be</strong>nefit. <strong>Club</strong>s must have<br />
<strong>the</strong> opportunity to play in a European competition<br />
and <strong>be</strong> financially rewarded for <strong>the</strong>ir contribution,<br />
while <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> partners, who provide <strong>the</strong><br />
competition with worldwide exposure and<br />
substantial revenue, <strong>be</strong>nefit from association<br />
with an outstanding competition.<br />
Clearly, no group alone can make <strong>the</strong> concept<br />
work: it has to <strong>be</strong> a partnership. On UEFA Europa<br />
League matchnights, <strong>the</strong> clubs must accept that<br />
<strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> broadcast partners are <strong>the</strong>ir broadcasters<br />
and <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier partners are <strong>the</strong>ir<br />
sponsor/supplier partners. The need to correctly<br />
embrace and service <strong>the</strong>se partners is paramount,<br />
and clubs must recognise that <strong>the</strong>se contractual<br />
arrangements come <strong>be</strong>fore all local deals that<br />
support clubs in competitions o<strong>the</strong>r than <strong>the</strong><br />
UEFA Europa League.<br />
On matchnight, <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> partners are <strong>the</strong><br />
clubs’ partners.<br />
UEFA has pioneered a commercial approach<br />
which ensures that funds raised directly <strong>be</strong>nefit<br />
football. It is this centralised commercial strategy<br />
which also produces clear <strong>be</strong>nefits for clubs,<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> partners and spectators.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
Group stage 30 August <strong>2013</strong><br />
Round of 32 and 16 13 Decem<strong>be</strong>r <strong>2013</strong><br />
Quarter-finals 21 March 20<strong>14</strong><br />
Semi-finals 11 April 20<strong>14</strong><br />
Group stage match dates<br />
MD1 19 Septem<strong>be</strong>r <strong>2013</strong><br />
MD2 3 Octo<strong>be</strong>r <strong>2013</strong><br />
MD3 24 Octo<strong>be</strong>r <strong>2013</strong><br />
MD4 7 Novem<strong>be</strong>r <strong>2013</strong><br />
MD5 28 Novem<strong>be</strong>r <strong>2013</strong><br />
MD6 12 Decem<strong>be</strong>r <strong>2013</strong><br />
MD7 Round of 32 – 1 st leg 20 February 20<strong>14</strong><br />
MD8 Round of 32 – 2 nd leg 27 February 20<strong>14</strong><br />
MD9 Round of 16 – 1 st leg 13 March 20<strong>14</strong><br />
MD10 Round of 16 – 2 nd leg 20 March 20<strong>14</strong><br />
MD11 Quarter-final – 1 st leg 3 April 20<strong>14</strong><br />
MD12 Quarter-final – 2 nd leg 10 April 20<strong>14</strong><br />
MD13 Semi-final – 1 st leg 24 April 20<strong>14</strong><br />
MD<strong>14</strong> Semi-final – 2 nd leg 1 May 20<strong>14</strong><br />
MD15 Final <strong>14</strong> May 20<strong>14</strong><br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
16 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
KEY ELEMENTS OF THE UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />
17
1.4 OVERVIEW OF THE UEFA<br />
EUROPA LEAGUE CONCEPT<br />
Exclusive rights form <strong>the</strong> basis of <strong>the</strong> commercial<br />
concept of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League. This means<br />
that <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> partners are <strong>the</strong> only commercial<br />
entities who may associate <strong>the</strong>mselves with <strong>the</strong><br />
competition and who may run promotions and/or<br />
competitions (including ticket promotions) in and<br />
around <strong>the</strong> competition.<br />
Commercial concept<br />
Media rights<br />
• Implementing <strong>the</strong> principles of <strong>the</strong> European<br />
Commission’s decision, <strong>the</strong> core media rights<br />
will <strong>be</strong> marketed on an exclusive basis by<br />
UEFA. UEFA has appointed TEAM to assist<br />
it in this regard.<br />
• Certain rights – notably non-live audiovisual<br />
rights – will <strong>be</strong> marketed jointly by UEFA<br />
and <strong>the</strong> clubs. Subject to such agreements,<br />
all media rights for <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League<br />
will <strong>be</strong> marketed exclusively by UEFA.<br />
• Fur<strong>the</strong>r information on this can <strong>be</strong> found<br />
in section 12.<strong>14</strong>.<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier partners’ rights<br />
• The <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier partners make<br />
up an exclusive sponsorship group.<br />
• This group contains one presenting sponsor,<br />
two official sponsors and one official<br />
ball supplier.<br />
• Only <strong>the</strong>se partners may associate<br />
<strong>the</strong>mselves with <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League.<br />
• Fur<strong>the</strong>r information on this can <strong>be</strong> found<br />
in section 9.<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> partners’ exclusivity<br />
• From <strong>the</strong> group stage onwards, all press<br />
conferences, flash interviews or mixed<br />
zones should feature no branding o<strong>the</strong>r<br />
than that of <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> partners.<br />
• As of <strong>the</strong> knockout stage, <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> partners have<br />
exclusivity <strong>be</strong>fore (as of MD-2), during and after<br />
(MD+1) <strong>UEL</strong> matches in <strong>the</strong> exclusive areas, as<br />
defined at <strong>the</strong> site visit (see section 1.5). UEFA<br />
and <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> partners are <strong>the</strong> only organisations<br />
with commercial rights within <strong>the</strong>se areas for<br />
matches in <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League.<br />
• <strong>Club</strong>s are under an obligation to use products<br />
and/or services provided by <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/<br />
supplier partners <strong>be</strong>fore, during and after<br />
matches. This applies primarily to (but is not<br />
limited to) <strong>the</strong> media and hospitality areas.<br />
• Fur<strong>the</strong>r information on this can <strong>be</strong> found<br />
in section 9.<br />
Licensing<br />
• UEFA operates an official licensing programme,<br />
which will promote <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League,<br />
offer unique and au<strong>the</strong>ntic souvenirs to fans,<br />
and generate revenue for clubs (see section 16).<br />
• The <strong>UEL</strong> logo and o<strong>the</strong>r <strong>UEL</strong> properties may<br />
only <strong>be</strong> commercially exploited through a<br />
UEFA licensee or on <strong>the</strong> basis of a separately<br />
negotiated agreement with UEFA. In principle,<br />
clubs are not allowed to commercially exploit<br />
<strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> name and/or logo (or o<strong>the</strong>r UEFA and/or<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> properties – e.g. <strong>the</strong> trophy or an<strong>the</strong>m).<br />
Brand identity<br />
• Correct implementation of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa<br />
League’s exciting brand identity will <strong>be</strong> critical<br />
to ensuring that <strong>the</strong> competition’s visual impact<br />
is consistent and impressive. The identity has<br />
<strong>be</strong>en created to give <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League<br />
a strong and different brand presence and is in<br />
keeping with <strong>the</strong> <strong>the</strong>me of journeys to European<br />
success. This positioning was derived from <strong>the</strong><br />
characteristics of participating clubs, fans and<br />
players <strong>the</strong>mselves, who use <strong>the</strong> competition<br />
as a springboard to challenge <strong>the</strong> traditional<br />
powerhouses of European football.<br />
• The identity is made up of three core elements;<br />
<strong>the</strong> official <strong>UEL</strong> logo, <strong>the</strong> an<strong>the</strong>m and <strong>the</strong> visual<br />
identity. These features are applied consistently<br />
across all media forms and at competition<br />
venues to build recognition of <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> brand<br />
among fans.<br />
The UEFA Europa League logo<br />
• The arch in <strong>the</strong> logo has <strong>be</strong>en updated.<br />
The 2009 -12 artwork may no longer <strong>be</strong> used.<br />
• The logo’s eye-catching gold and burgundy<br />
colours were chosen to reflect <strong>the</strong> competition’s<br />
prestige, while <strong>the</strong> design features <strong>the</strong> iconic<br />
trophy as <strong>the</strong> focal point.<br />
• In some cases, <strong>the</strong> presenting sponsor<br />
logo will <strong>be</strong> added to <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> logo.<br />
• For <strong>the</strong> correct usage of <strong>the</strong> logo, please refer<br />
to <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League Brand <strong>Manual</strong><br />
provided to all participating clubs. All uses of <strong>the</strong><br />
<strong>UEL</strong> logo are subject to prior approval by UEFA.<br />
The UEFA Europa League an<strong>the</strong>m<br />
• The <strong>UEL</strong> an<strong>the</strong>m is played at all venues<br />
during <strong>the</strong> countdown to kick-off, as well<br />
as by <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters from across <strong>the</strong> glo<strong>be</strong>.<br />
This original an<strong>the</strong>m is exclusive to <strong>the</strong><br />
UEFA Europa League and was purposely<br />
composed to reflect <strong>the</strong> values of <strong>the</strong><br />
competition. The an<strong>the</strong>m was rerecorded<br />
in <strong>2013</strong>, so <strong>the</strong> 2009 -12 version may<br />
no longer <strong>be</strong> used.<br />
Visual identity 2012-15<br />
• The <strong>UEL</strong> opening and closing sequences will<br />
<strong>be</strong> played at <strong>the</strong> <strong>be</strong>ginning and end of every<br />
broadcast. The sequences were filmed in various<br />
locations across Europe and bring to life <strong>the</strong> pan-<br />
European journey concept that is synonymous<br />
with <strong>the</strong> competition. Accompanying <strong>the</strong><br />
opening and closing sequences are short break<br />
bumpers, promotional trailers and graphics, all<br />
derived from <strong>the</strong> same design concept.<br />
• This on-air <strong>the</strong>me is mirrored in all off-air design<br />
elements, with <strong>the</strong> event branding produced by<br />
UEFA (as of <strong>the</strong> knockout stage) also intended<br />
to capture <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League’s European<br />
adventure traits. <strong>Club</strong>s will need to use this<br />
design, which will sometimes include <strong>the</strong><br />
partner logos, for a variety of branded<br />
applications at venues, such as tickets,<br />
signage and scoreboard/videoboard graphics.<br />
• Under no circumstances may any element<br />
of <strong>the</strong> visual identity <strong>be</strong> used toge<strong>the</strong>r with<br />
commercial or non-commercial third party.<br />
• Participating clubs will <strong>be</strong> supplied with<br />
artwork (including implementation guidelines)<br />
for all items which are to <strong>be</strong> branded using <strong>the</strong><br />
design concept. The identity is unique for <strong>the</strong><br />
2012-15 cycle and will <strong>be</strong> refreshed in <strong>the</strong> future.<br />
All <strong>UEL</strong> branding shown in this manual is<br />
for illustration purposes only. <strong>Club</strong>s that<br />
qualify for <strong>the</strong> group stage will <strong>be</strong> supplied<br />
with <strong>the</strong> final, approved design and artwork<br />
at <strong>the</strong> group stage draw in Monaco.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
18 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
KEY ELEMENTS OF THE UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />
19
1.5 OVERVIEW OF ORGANISATIONAL MATTERS<br />
Pre-season<br />
Formation of <strong>the</strong> local organising<br />
committee (LOC)<br />
• To facilitate cooperation with UEFA, each club<br />
must appoint a main contact person for <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong><br />
season – someone responsible for administrative<br />
and organisational matters who speaks and<br />
writes English fluently. This person must <strong>be</strong><br />
available on site throughout each matchweek<br />
for both home and away matches.<br />
• The <strong>UEL</strong> main contact heads a local organising<br />
committee (LOC), which needs to have <strong>the</strong><br />
full authority of <strong>the</strong> club’s management to<br />
decide on operational issues in connection<br />
with match organisation.<br />
• In addition to <strong>the</strong> club’s main contact,<br />
<strong>the</strong> LOC must consist of <strong>the</strong> following:<br />
– a stadium manager;<br />
– a safety/security officer;<br />
– a ticketing manager;<br />
– an English speaking club press officer (who<br />
must assist <strong>the</strong> UEFA venue director/media<br />
officer and <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters for both home<br />
and away matches and arrange an English<br />
interpreter if required);<br />
– a representative of <strong>the</strong> stadium owner<br />
(if required).<br />
Involvement of third parties<br />
• The club is responsible for informing <strong>the</strong><br />
relevant parties, especially <strong>the</strong> stadium owner<br />
and any leaseholders within and around <strong>the</strong><br />
stadium, about <strong>the</strong> rules and regulations for<br />
<strong>the</strong> organisation of a <strong>UEL</strong> match.<br />
• UEFA may ask <strong>the</strong> club to sign a special<br />
agreement with <strong>the</strong> relevant parties to<br />
ensure that all rights are enforced.<br />
• If a club does not own <strong>the</strong> stadium where its<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> matches are played, it ensures that <strong>the</strong><br />
stadium owner agrees to abide by all relevant<br />
obligations in <strong>the</strong> Regulations of <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />
Europa League <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong> and/or this club<br />
manual. No fees can <strong>be</strong> charged to <strong>UEL</strong> partners<br />
for usage of any facilities at <strong>the</strong> stadium. In<br />
principle, a club must play all its <strong>UEL</strong> matches in<br />
<strong>the</strong> same stadium (unless required or approved<br />
to do o<strong>the</strong>rwise by UEFA).<br />
Site visits<br />
• Before <strong>the</strong> start of <strong>the</strong> season, UEFA<br />
representatives will conduct a site visit during<br />
<strong>the</strong> periods set out in <strong>the</strong> attached club season<br />
planner.<br />
The clubs must ensure that:<br />
– LOC personnel are available;<br />
– stadium facilities are fully accessible;<br />
– a meeting room is available with<br />
adequate infrastructure for presentations<br />
(screen, projector, etc.);<br />
– suitable complimentary refreshments<br />
are provided.<br />
The purpose of <strong>the</strong> site visit is to:<br />
– review and identify all facilities required;<br />
– discuss <strong>UEL</strong> partners’ requirements;<br />
– take decisions on necessary organisational<br />
arrangements.<br />
For each site visit, <strong>the</strong>re will <strong>be</strong> a standard<br />
meeting schedule:<br />
– an opening and plenary meeting (with all club<br />
representatives and <strong>the</strong> UEFA venue team);<br />
– a stadium tour;<br />
– a stadium infrastructure meeting;<br />
– TV meeting (including <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters);<br />
– a closing meeting (all club representatives<br />
and UEFA venue team).<br />
• After <strong>the</strong> group stage, a second site visit will<br />
<strong>be</strong> required <strong>be</strong>cause of commercial changes<br />
to <strong>the</strong> competition which will affect <strong>the</strong><br />
organisation of matches.<br />
• During <strong>the</strong> season, additional site visits may<br />
<strong>be</strong> necessary in <strong>the</strong> event of changes to<br />
<strong>the</strong> stadium, additional requests from <strong>UEL</strong><br />
broadcasters or any o<strong>the</strong>r developments<br />
which may affect <strong>the</strong> organisation of <strong>the</strong> match.<br />
• For example, a fur<strong>the</strong>r <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster-specific<br />
site visit may <strong>be</strong> necessary after <strong>the</strong> draws for<br />
<strong>the</strong> group stage, rounds of 32 and 16, quarterfinals<br />
and semi-finals to allow <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters<br />
<strong>the</strong> opportunity to inspect <strong>the</strong> available facilities<br />
as identified at <strong>the</strong> main site visit.<br />
• Any changes to arrangements agreed at <strong>the</strong> site<br />
visit at <strong>the</strong> <strong>be</strong>ginning of <strong>the</strong> season require <strong>the</strong><br />
prior written approval of UEFA.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
20 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
KEY ELEMENTS OF THE UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />
21
Matchweek requirements<br />
Meetings<br />
Organisational meeting (MD)<br />
Matchweek schedule<br />
Before, during and after each <strong>UEL</strong> match, <strong>the</strong>re will <strong>be</strong> a standard schedule of meetings and activities.<br />
A typical schedule, based on <strong>the</strong> standard kick-off times of 19.00CET and 21.05CET, is as follows.<br />
19.00CET 21.05CET Activity Participants<br />
MD-3<br />
during during Signage truck arrives<br />
Home club, signage<br />
<strong>the</strong> day* <strong>the</strong> day*<br />
MD-2<br />
09.00* 09.00* Signage supplier unloads truck and commences Signage<br />
work at stadium<br />
a.m./p.m. a.m./p.m. UEFA staff arrive and set up offices UEFA<br />
MD-1<br />
09.00 09.00 <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster trucks arrive <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters, home club<br />
10.00 10.00 <strong>Club</strong> meeting UEFA, home club<br />
15.00 15.00 Television meeting UEFA, home club, <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters<br />
p.m. p.m. Official training and press conferences for both teams UEFA, both clubs, media<br />
p.m. p.m. Referees’ training UEFA, both clubs<br />
p.m. p.m. Centre circle/lineup banner ceremony rehearsal UEFA, home club<br />
p.m. p.m. Videoboard meeting UEFA, home club<br />
p.m. p.m. UEFA delegate arrives at airport Home club<br />
p.m. p.m. UEFA security officer arrives at airport (if appointed<br />
<strong>be</strong>cause of an increased risk)<br />
Home club<br />
p.m. p.m. Security meeting (if a UEFA security officer has <strong>be</strong>en<br />
appointed; see above)<br />
UEFA, both clubs, police,<br />
emergency services<br />
p.m. p.m. Official dinner (or official lunch on MD) UEFA, both clubs<br />
MD<br />
10.00 10.00 Pitch inspection UEFA, both clubs<br />
10.30 10.30 Organisational meeting UEFA, both clubs, police,<br />
emergency services<br />
<strong>14</strong>.00 16.00 Board and graphics test UEFA, <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters<br />
p.m. p.m. Accreditation system starts and gates open Home club<br />
16.00 18.00 Television meeting UEFA, home club, <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters<br />
17.00 19.05 Dressing room filming UEFA, both clubs, <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters<br />
17.45 19.50 Team arrival filming UEFA, both clubs, <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters<br />
19.00 21.05 Kick-off UEFA, both clubs<br />
post-match post-match Press conferences and mixed zone activities UEFA, both clubs, media<br />
21.45 23.45 Debrief meeting (alternatively on MD+1) UEFA, home club<br />
MD+1<br />
08.00 * 08.00 * Signage supplier dismantles signage and loads truck Signage<br />
Morning Morning UEFA staff depart UEFA<br />
Evening * Evening * Signage truck departs Home club, signage<br />
The following official meetings take place<br />
during matchweek.<br />
<strong>Club</strong> meeting (MD-1)<br />
• Participants discuss all organisational matters<br />
(UEFA venue team and home club).<br />
Television meeting (MD-1)<br />
• Participants establish all <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster<br />
requirements, production plans and procedures,<br />
and confirm access rights and activities of <strong>the</strong><br />
club channel and fan TV.<br />
Security meeting (if a UEFA security officer<br />
has <strong>be</strong>en appointed to ensure consistency;<br />
MD-1)<br />
• Participants discuss all matters related to<br />
<strong>the</strong> overall security concept, with all relevant<br />
parties involved.<br />
• Chaired by <strong>the</strong> UEFA security officer and includes<br />
<strong>the</strong> UEFA delegate, security staff and police from<br />
both clubs, o<strong>the</strong>r emergency services, stadium<br />
management and any o<strong>the</strong>r relevant parties<br />
involved in safety and security operations<br />
at <strong>the</strong> match.<br />
• Issues for discussion include, in particular, travel,<br />
ticketing, access controls and segregation, as<br />
well as <strong>the</strong> command and control model and risk<br />
assessment, including num<strong>be</strong>rs of police and<br />
stewards, and fire and medical services required.<br />
• Participants discuss all organisational matters;<br />
all parties are involved, including <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />
delegate, a representative of <strong>the</strong> referee team<br />
and <strong>the</strong> UEFA referee observer, both clubs,<br />
emergency services and stadium staff.<br />
• O<strong>the</strong>r issues for discussion include kit<br />
colours, refereeing matters (with both clubs<br />
guaranteeing <strong>the</strong> presence of one team official<br />
who is seated on <strong>the</strong> substitute’s <strong>be</strong>nch during<br />
<strong>the</strong> match), security, safety and transport, <strong>the</strong><br />
match sheet procedure and countdown to<br />
kick-off.<br />
Television meeting (MD)<br />
• Participants provide information regarding<br />
commentary positions and pre- and post-match<br />
interview activities.<br />
• The meeting involves representatives and/or<br />
commentators from all participating<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters.<br />
• O<strong>the</strong>r issues for discussion include general<br />
broadcasting matters, such as <strong>the</strong> countdown<br />
to kick-off and <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster production plans.<br />
Debrief meeting (MD/MD+1)<br />
• Participants (venue team and home club)<br />
review any issues surrounding <strong>the</strong> match.<br />
• Participants agree on solutions to implement<br />
for <strong>the</strong> next match or in <strong>the</strong> future.<br />
• Arrangements are made for <strong>the</strong> next matchday.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
* Applies only to <strong>the</strong> knockout stage<br />
For a club’s first home <strong>UEL</strong> match of <strong>the</strong> season, <strong>the</strong> arrival of UEFA representatives and <strong>the</strong><br />
installation of <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> office and equipment may <strong>be</strong>gin on <strong>the</strong> Monday of <strong>the</strong> matchweek.<br />
22 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
KEY ELEMENTS OF THE UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />
23
Training sessions<br />
• The day <strong>be</strong>fore <strong>the</strong> match, wea<strong>the</strong>r and<br />
conditions permitting, <strong>the</strong> visiting club<br />
is allowed to train on <strong>the</strong> pitch on which <strong>the</strong><br />
match will <strong>be</strong> played. Fur<strong>the</strong>rmore, referees<br />
may ask to have a light training session<br />
in <strong>the</strong> stadium <strong>the</strong> evening <strong>be</strong>fore <strong>the</strong> match,<br />
as long as it does not interfere with <strong>the</strong> clubs’<br />
training sessions.<br />
• For <strong>the</strong> visiting club and referees' training<br />
sessions, <strong>the</strong> home club must ensure that:<br />
– dressing rooms are available;<br />
– <strong>the</strong> pitch is accessible;<br />
– <strong>the</strong> pitch is in good condition (as for<br />
matchnight);<br />
– floodlights are switched on (if necessary);<br />
– equipment such as spare goals, official match<br />
balls and cones is provided (if requested by<br />
<strong>the</strong> visiting club in advance).<br />
• Refreshments should <strong>be</strong> made available on<br />
request. The two clubs will agree in advance on<br />
service and any potential costs involved.<br />
• A qualified emergency doctor and all required<br />
pitchside emergency medical equipment (as per<br />
UEFA Medical Regulations) must <strong>be</strong> present at<br />
pitchside throughout <strong>the</strong> period that <strong>the</strong> teams<br />
are at <strong>the</strong> venue for <strong>the</strong> training session.<br />
• If holding a training session could render <strong>the</strong><br />
pitch unfit for playing <strong>the</strong> match, UEFA reserves<br />
<strong>the</strong> right to cancel any training sessions in <strong>the</strong><br />
stadium. The home club should <strong>the</strong>n provide<br />
an alternative training ground approved<br />
by UEFA in advance (see section 2.5 for<br />
specific requirements).<br />
Pre-and post-match activities,<br />
including countdown to kick-off<br />
• The home club must seek <strong>the</strong> cooperation<br />
of <strong>the</strong> local police to ensure <strong>the</strong> safety and timely<br />
arrival of <strong>the</strong> visiting club and referees when<br />
travelling to <strong>the</strong> stadium in order to guarantee<br />
<strong>the</strong> smooth running of <strong>the</strong> match. Safety<br />
arrangements are also required when travelling<br />
back from <strong>the</strong> stadium after <strong>the</strong> match.<br />
• <strong>Club</strong>s shall reserve a specific area for <strong>the</strong><br />
referees’ pre-match warm-up.<br />
• To protect <strong>the</strong> interests of <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters,<br />
all clubs must respect <strong>the</strong> standard countdown<br />
to kick-off, which will apply at all <strong>UEL</strong> matches.<br />
The specific timings of <strong>the</strong> countdown to<br />
kick-off, based on <strong>the</strong> standard kick-off times<br />
and including details of <strong>the</strong> usual pre-match<br />
ceremony, are given on <strong>the</strong> next page.<br />
Referees’ warm-up area<br />
Pre- and post-match activities, including countdown to kick-off<br />
19.00CET 21.05CET Activity<br />
As of stadium As of stadium Centre circle and lineup banner on pitch<br />
opening opening<br />
17.00 (approx.) 19.05 (approx.) Dressing room filming (subject to <strong>the</strong> prior agreement of <strong>the</strong> relevant club)<br />
17.45 (latest) 19.50 (latest) UEFA delegate, UEFA referee observer and referees arrive;<br />
teams arrive and submit official match sheet<br />
18.15 - 18.45*<br />
18.20 - 18.50<br />
20.20 - 20.50*<br />
20.25 - 20.55<br />
Warm-up period on <strong>the</strong> pitch<br />
18.50* 20.55* Teams return to dressing rooms<br />
18.52 20.57 Centre circle carriers assemble on pitch<br />
18.54* 20.59* Teams leave dressing room for studs check (in tunnel)<br />
18.56 21.01 Teams exit onto <strong>the</strong> pitch * accompanied by <strong>UEL</strong> walk-on music<br />
18.57 21.02 Teams line up facing <strong>the</strong> honorary tribune; centre circle carriers pick up centre circle;<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> an<strong>the</strong>m starts when players line up<br />
18.57.40 21.02.40 Centre circle carried off pitch<br />
18.58.20 21.03.20 Team photos featuring players wearing <strong>the</strong>ir playing kit only<br />
18.58.40 21.03.40 Coin toss (referees and captains)<br />
18.58.50 21.03.50 Lineup banner is carried off pitch<br />
19.00 21.05 Kick-off<br />
19.45 (approx.) 21.50 (approx.) Half-time<br />
+12.30 min* +12.30 min* Teams leave dressing room<br />
+15.00 min +15.00 min Kick-off (second half) after 15 minutes’ break minimum<br />
20.45 22.50 Full time<br />
Later Later Post-match <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters and media activities<br />
Later Later Referees depart<br />
Later Later Teams depart<br />
Later Later UEFA delegate departs<br />
* The exact timing of <strong>the</strong> warm-up period, teams leaving dressing rooms and teams’ exit on <strong>the</strong> pitch will <strong>be</strong> adapted<br />
by <strong>the</strong> UEFA venue director to each venue according to <strong>the</strong> distances <strong>be</strong>tween <strong>the</strong> dressing rooms and <strong>the</strong> pitch.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
24 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
KEY ELEMENTS OF THE UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />
25
Personnel<br />
A num<strong>be</strong>r of representatives of UEFA and o<strong>the</strong>r third parties will attend matches to liaise with<br />
<strong>the</strong> clubs and <strong>UEL</strong> partners. The following table identifies <strong>the</strong>se persons and provides information<br />
on <strong>the</strong>ir role and any special requirements for <strong>the</strong>ir visit.<br />
Personnel Function Ticket and liaison Transport<br />
UEFA President,<br />
presidential delegate or<br />
general secretary<br />
UEFA delegate<br />
UEFA security officer<br />
(if appointed)<br />
UEFA technical observer<br />
(if appointed)<br />
UEFA referee observer<br />
UEFA referees<br />
UEFA referees’<br />
physio<strong>the</strong>rapist<br />
UEFA referees’ liaison<br />
officer<br />
UEFA doping control<br />
officer<br />
UEFA venue director<br />
(VD)<br />
UEFA venue data<br />
coordinator (VDC)<br />
UEFA media<br />
officer (MO) (as of <strong>the</strong><br />
knockout stage)<br />
UEFA venue operations<br />
and broadcast manager<br />
(VOBM)<br />
UEFA venue services and<br />
sponsorship manager<br />
(VSSM) (at designated<br />
venues)<br />
UEFA signage supplier (as<br />
of <strong>the</strong> knockout stage)<br />
Special UEFA attendee<br />
Overall authority for all aspects<br />
of match organisation<br />
Deals with all matters related<br />
to security<br />
Reviews technical aspects<br />
of <strong>the</strong> match<br />
Deals with all matters<br />
related to refereeing<br />
Official referee toge<strong>the</strong>r with two assistant<br />
referees, <strong>the</strong> fourth official and <strong>the</strong> two<br />
additional assistant referees (AARs)<br />
Provides physio<strong>the</strong>rapy services to <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />
referees; <strong>the</strong> physio<strong>the</strong>rapist, independent<br />
of <strong>the</strong> clubs, is organised by <strong>the</strong> national<br />
association of <strong>the</strong> home club<br />
Provides assistance to <strong>the</strong> UEFA referees<br />
and UEFA referees’ observer<br />
Deals with all matters related<br />
to any anti-doping procedures<br />
Responsible for <strong>the</strong> overall implementation<br />
of <strong>the</strong> competition on site and main contact<br />
person for <strong>the</strong> clubs, UEFA delegate and<br />
referees, with focus on competition and<br />
sporting matters; assumes <strong>the</strong> role of UEFA<br />
media officer when none specifically appointed<br />
Ga<strong>the</strong>rs live data on site; compiles official<br />
match statistics<br />
Implements <strong>the</strong> appropriate media services<br />
and facilities<br />
Implementation of <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> commercial<br />
concept regarding <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster<br />
facilities, activities and signage operations<br />
Implementation of <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> commercial<br />
concept regarding <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/<br />
supplier promotions and hospitality.<br />
Deals with advertising boards<br />
and o<strong>the</strong>r branding elements<br />
VIP ticket provided<br />
by club<br />
VIP ticket and liaison<br />
provided by club<br />
VIP ticket and liaison<br />
provided by club<br />
VIP ticket provided by<br />
club<br />
VIP ticket provided by<br />
club; liaison provided by<br />
national association of<br />
home club<br />
Liaison provided by<br />
national association<br />
of home club<br />
Ticket provided at club’s<br />
discretion<br />
Ticket (for <strong>the</strong> same area<br />
as UEFA referee observer)<br />
provided by club<br />
VIP ticket provided<br />
by club<br />
Provided by club<br />
Provided by club<br />
Provided by club<br />
Own transport<br />
arrangements<br />
Provided by national<br />
association of home<br />
club<br />
Provided by national<br />
association of home<br />
club<br />
Own transport<br />
arrangements<br />
Provided by national<br />
association of home<br />
club<br />
Provided by club after<br />
<strong>the</strong> match<br />
Own transport<br />
arrangements<br />
Own transport<br />
arrangements<br />
Own transport<br />
arrangements<br />
Own transport<br />
arrangements<br />
Own transport<br />
arrangements<br />
Own transport<br />
arrangements<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
26 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong>
2 GENERAL STADIUM FACILITIES<br />
2.1 OVERVIEW OF REQUIRED FACILITIES<br />
2.2 ACCESS TO FACILITIES<br />
2.3 SECURITY<br />
2.4 ACCESS TO FACILITIES FOR SPECTATORS<br />
WITH DISABILITIES<br />
2.5 THE PITCH<br />
2.6 TECHNICAL FACILITIES<br />
2.7 RETRACTABLE ROOFS<br />
2.8 POWER, LIGHTING AND UTILITIES<br />
2.9 SCOREBOARDS, VIDEOBOARDS<br />
AND INTERNAL STADIUM TV CHANNEL<br />
2.10 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE OFFICES<br />
2.11 MEETING ROOMS<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18
2.1 OVERVIEW OF REQUIRED FACILITIES<br />
The table <strong>be</strong>low provides a brief summary of <strong>the</strong> facilities required for <strong>UEL</strong> matches and shows <strong>the</strong><br />
increase in demands as <strong>the</strong> competition progresses. Fur<strong>the</strong>r details and explanations are set out in<br />
sections 2 to 6 of this manual.<br />
General stadium facilities (section 2)<br />
Area Group stage Rounds of 32 and 16 Quarter-finals and semi-finals<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
2<br />
GENERAL STADIUM FACILITIES<br />
Stadium<br />
Pitch<br />
(section 2.5)<br />
Technical facilities<br />
(section 2.6)<br />
Must meet <strong>the</strong> structural criteria for a category 4 stadium according to <strong>the</strong> Stadium<br />
infrastructure meeting UEFA Stadium Infrastructure Regulations (2010 edition)<br />
• Must <strong>be</strong> in excellent condition and measure 105m x 68m<br />
• An alternative training ground must <strong>be</strong> available for training sessions (if holding<br />
a training session in <strong>the</strong> stadium could render <strong>the</strong> pitch unfit for playing <strong>the</strong> match)<br />
• First-class dressing rooms for teams and referees<br />
• Doping control station located near <strong>the</strong> teams’ dressing rooms<br />
• Room for <strong>the</strong> UEFA delegate located near <strong>the</strong> teams’ and referees’ dressing rooms<br />
• High-quality substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches to accommodate <strong>14</strong> persons<br />
• Up to five additional technical seats at least five metres <strong>be</strong>hind or to <strong>the</strong><br />
side of <strong>the</strong> substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches<br />
• A medical room dedicated to players and referees close to <strong>the</strong> dressing rooms<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
Power<br />
(section 2.8)<br />
Floodlighting<br />
(section 2.8)<br />
Internet<br />
(section 2.8)<br />
Offices<br />
(section 2.10)<br />
• In addition, clubs must provide specific levels of power for certain broadcast facilities (pitch<br />
view studios, indoor studios, flash interview positions and/or pitchside presentation positions)<br />
• Min. 1,400 EV (lux) towards main cameras<br />
• Internet connections must <strong>be</strong> available in <strong>UEL</strong> offices, UEFA delegate’s room and in certain<br />
media areas (media working room, media tribune, photographers’ working area and pitchside<br />
positions)<br />
• Internet requested for commentary positions<br />
• Minimum of 75m 2 of functional office space for <strong>UEL</strong> office<br />
• <strong>Club</strong>s are required to order international telephone, fax, IDSN and ADSL lines for UEFA offices<br />
and <strong>the</strong> UEFA delegate’s room<br />
• The installation costs for <strong>the</strong>se phones will <strong>be</strong> assumed by <strong>the</strong> club, with call charges borne by<br />
<strong>the</strong> relevant user<br />
• One fast colour copy machine must also <strong>be</strong> provided, including technical assistance<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
Meeting rooms<br />
(section 2.11)<br />
• Room(s) for club, TV and organisational meetings, to accommodate up to 40 persons<br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
GENERAL STADIUM FACILITIES<br />
31
UEFA, <strong>UEL</strong> partners and visiting club experience (section 3)<br />
Area Group stage Rounds of 32 and 16 Quarter-finals and semi-finals<br />
Tickets (section 3.1)<br />
UEFA and <strong>UEL</strong> Partner tickets (section 3.1)<br />
VIP tickets 75 130 200<br />
1st-class<br />
purchase tickets<br />
80 210 260<br />
VIP tickets 70 200 250<br />
Visiting club tickets (section 3.1)<br />
VIP tickets 20<br />
1st-class<br />
200<br />
purchase tickets<br />
Visiting club<br />
5% of stadium capacity<br />
fan tickets<br />
Hospitality (section 3.2)<br />
VIP hospitality Access to home club’s VIP hospitality for VIP ticket holders<br />
Parking (section 3.3)<br />
Parking spaces 60 80 100<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster facilities (section 4)<br />
Area Group stage Rounds of 32 and 16 Quarter-finals and semi-finals<br />
Camera positions<br />
(section 4.2)<br />
Commentary<br />
positions<br />
(section 4.3)<br />
Pitch reporter<br />
positions<br />
(section 4.4)<br />
Pitch view studio<br />
(section 4.5)<br />
Indoor studio<br />
(section 4.5)<br />
Flash interview<br />
position<br />
(section 4.6)<br />
Super flash position<br />
(section 4.6)<br />
Pitchside presentation<br />
areas (section 4.7)<br />
TV compound (and<br />
separate uplink<br />
area, if required)<br />
(section 4.8)<br />
Observer tickets<br />
(section 4.11)<br />
• Main cameras<br />
• Pitchside halfway camera<br />
• 16m cameras<br />
• Behind-goal cameras<br />
• Beauty-shot camera<br />
• Bench camera<br />
• High <strong>be</strong>hind-goal cameras<br />
• Reverse-angle cameras<br />
• Mini-cameras<br />
• Tunnel cameras<br />
• Crane cameras<br />
• 6m cameras<br />
10 30 30<br />
• Rail cameras<br />
• Steadicams<br />
• Hot-head cameras<br />
• 20m cameras<br />
• Aerial cameras<br />
• ENG cameras<br />
2 positions with a clear view of <strong>the</strong> substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches and additional positions <strong>be</strong>hind goals<br />
11 11 11<br />
22 22 22<br />
Min. 4 Min. 8 Min. 8<br />
Min 2 Min. 2 Min. 2<br />
2 (3 positions per area) 2 (3 positions per area) 2 (3 positions per area)<br />
At least 1,000m 2 of usable<br />
space (and minimum of six<br />
uplinks in any one uplink area)<br />
At least 2,000m 2 of usable space<br />
(and minimum of six uplinks in any separate uplink area)<br />
10 15 20<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
32 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
GENERAL STADIUM FACILITIES<br />
33
Media facilities (section 5)<br />
Area Group stage Knockout stage<br />
Minimum positions<br />
in media working<br />
area (section 5.1)<br />
Minimum press seats<br />
in <strong>the</strong> media tribune<br />
(5.2)<br />
Minimum seats in<br />
press conference<br />
room (section 5.3)<br />
Audio splitbox<br />
outputs (section 5.3)<br />
Mixed zone<br />
(section 5.4)<br />
Minimum positions<br />
in photographers’<br />
working area<br />
(section 5.5)<br />
30 60<br />
At least 60 (at least 30 with desks)<br />
50 75<br />
15 20<br />
At least 120 (at least 60 with desks)<br />
To accommodate at least 50 journalists, including <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters, non-rights-holding<br />
broadcasters, audio reporters and written press<br />
15 25<br />
2.2 ACCESS TO FACILITIES<br />
General<br />
For a <strong>UEL</strong> match to <strong>be</strong> organised efficiently and safely, it is vital that all those involved have full access<br />
to <strong>the</strong> necessary designated areas. The access schedule <strong>be</strong>low can <strong>be</strong> taken as <strong>the</strong> standard for a <strong>UEL</strong><br />
matchweek.<br />
Matchday Group stage Knockout stage<br />
MD-3 No access required The signage truck will usually arrive on site on MD-3 and<br />
must <strong>be</strong> fully secured by <strong>the</strong> home club until its departure<br />
MD-2 Full stadium access from 08.00 Full stadium access from 08.00<br />
MD-1 Full stadium access Full stadium access<br />
MD+1 Full stadium access until 12.00 Full access to <strong>the</strong> stadium facilities<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
Signage facilities (section 6)<br />
Area Group stage Rounds of 32 and 16 Quarter-finals and semi-finals<br />
2.3 SECURITY<br />
9<br />
Signage working<br />
room (section 6.2)<br />
Truck parking and<br />
security (section 6.3)<br />
n/a 100m 2 100m 2<br />
n/a<br />
Space for one truck;<br />
24h security staff<br />
Space for one truck;<br />
24h security staff<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s are responsible for all aspects of security<br />
as regards <strong>the</strong> organisation of <strong>UEL</strong> matches,<br />
including control of <strong>the</strong> pitch and dressing room<br />
areas. This section highlights some key issues; full<br />
details are set out in <strong>the</strong> UEFA Safety and Security<br />
Regulations (2006 edition) and <strong>the</strong> UEFA Stadium<br />
Infrastructure Regulations (2010 edition).<br />
General<br />
• <strong>Club</strong>s ensure that all gates and emergency<br />
exits are kept free of any obstruction that<br />
could impede <strong>the</strong> flow of spectators.<br />
• The most sophisticated anti-counterfeiting<br />
measures must <strong>be</strong> incorporated into <strong>the</strong><br />
match tickets. All police, security forces and<br />
stewards on duty in and around <strong>the</strong> stadium<br />
must <strong>be</strong> familiar with <strong>the</strong>se measures in order<br />
to facilitate <strong>the</strong> rapid identification of any<br />
counterfeit tickets.<br />
• Modern electronic access controls and<br />
mechanical counting systems must <strong>be</strong> installed,<br />
delivering real-time analysis of data on crowd<br />
flows and spectator attendance.<br />
• <strong>Club</strong>s must provide any signage required to guide<br />
visiting club supporters in <strong>the</strong> relevant language.<br />
This includes ground rules, which must <strong>be</strong> clearly<br />
displayed both inside and outside <strong>the</strong> stadium. In<br />
addition, ground rules relating to prohibited items<br />
must <strong>be</strong> displayed at points of entry in <strong>the</strong> form<br />
of internationally recognised pictograms.<br />
• <strong>Club</strong>s must provide one entrance allowing<br />
accredited cameras access into <strong>the</strong> stadium.<br />
Only accredited <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters may<br />
<strong>be</strong> allowed access. All non-rights-holding<br />
broadcasters must <strong>be</strong> guided to <strong>the</strong> specially<br />
designated room to deposit cameras (as<br />
specifically referred to in sections 5.7 and 13.2).<br />
• The general public must not enter <strong>the</strong> stadium<br />
with cameras or filming equipment that can<br />
record professional-quality moving pictures.<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s must ensure <strong>the</strong> communication of this<br />
policy to <strong>the</strong> general public and implement<br />
appropriate checking systems at entrance gates<br />
and within <strong>the</strong> stadium.<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
34 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
GENERAL STADIUM FACILITIES<br />
35
• <strong>Club</strong>s provide security for seating areas of<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> partners, <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters and media<br />
commentary positions, and for all o<strong>the</strong>r<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster and media facilities<br />
(e.g. TV compound, broadcast studios,<br />
camera positions, and interview<br />
and presentation positions).<br />
Television surveillance system<br />
• The stadium used by <strong>the</strong> clubs for its <strong>UEL</strong><br />
matches must <strong>be</strong> equipped (both inside<br />
and outside) with a permanent television<br />
surveillance system.<br />
2.4 ACCESS TO FACILITIES FOR<br />
SPECTATORS WITH DISABILITIES<br />
This section highlights <strong>the</strong> key issues with regard<br />
to access for supporters with disabilities as set out<br />
in Article 22 of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Stadium Infrastructure<br />
Regulations (2010 edition).<br />
• The stadium must have dedicated access points<br />
and seats for spectators with disabilities and<br />
<strong>the</strong>ir helpers.<br />
• Persons with disabilities must have dedicated<br />
sanitary facilities, as well as refreshment and<br />
catering facilities nearby.<br />
• There must <strong>be</strong> at least one disabled toilet for<br />
every 15 wheelchair users.<br />
Public address (PA) system<br />
• The PA system must <strong>be</strong> operational during<br />
all <strong>UEL</strong> matches and must not <strong>be</strong> affected<br />
by any failure of <strong>the</strong> main power supply.<br />
• It will <strong>be</strong> used to announce stadium activities, to<br />
deliver <strong>the</strong> UEFA pre-match announcement and<br />
to play <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League walk-on music<br />
and <strong>UEL</strong> an<strong>the</strong>m <strong>be</strong>fore a match. In addition, it<br />
may <strong>be</strong> used at any time to convey messages<br />
from UEFA officials or local authorities (e.g.<br />
security announcements).<br />
• Information on <strong>the</strong> operational procedures<br />
for <strong>the</strong> PA system for <strong>UEL</strong> matches can <strong>be</strong><br />
found in section 12.9.<br />
Fur<strong>the</strong>rmore, UEFA and <strong>the</strong> Centre for Access to<br />
Football in Europe (CAFE) have issued a “Good<br />
Practice Guide to Creating an Accessible Stadium<br />
and Matchday Experience”. Good practice guide<br />
to creating an accessible stadium and matchday<br />
experience , which provides a <strong>be</strong>nchmark of good<br />
practice for both new and existing stadiums<br />
and sets out UEFA’s standards for matchday<br />
services and facilities as regards supporters with<br />
disabilities. <strong>Club</strong>s are encouraged to follow <strong>the</strong><br />
recommendations in this guide, which offers<br />
practical solutions with a view to delivering<br />
stadiums that are accessible, inclusive and<br />
welcoming for all.<br />
2.5 PITCH<br />
Pitch conditions<br />
• The pitch must <strong>be</strong> in excellent playing condition.<br />
• In <strong>the</strong> event of concerns relating to <strong>the</strong><br />
condition of <strong>the</strong> pitch, UEFA may decide to<br />
conduct additional inspections. Such inspections<br />
may <strong>be</strong> conducted by a UEFA match officer<br />
or an external partner company. Fur<strong>the</strong>r to<br />
such inspections, <strong>the</strong> cost of <strong>the</strong> provision of<br />
expert guidance or material by an external<br />
partner company is to <strong>be</strong> assumed by <strong>the</strong> club<br />
concerned in line with its responsibilities under<br />
Article 13.06 of <strong>the</strong> Regulations of <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />
Europa League <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong>.<br />
• No markings o<strong>the</strong>r than those of <strong>the</strong> football<br />
pitch dimensions authorised by UEFA should<br />
<strong>be</strong> visible on <strong>the</strong> field of play (i.e. no rugby field<br />
markings, national football pitch markings, etc.).<br />
• For natural grass pitches, <strong>the</strong> height of <strong>the</strong> grass<br />
should ideally <strong>be</strong> <strong>be</strong>tween 20mm and 30mm.<br />
The height of <strong>the</strong> grass may not, in principle,<br />
exceed 30mm, and <strong>the</strong> entire playing surface<br />
must <strong>be</strong> cut to <strong>the</strong> same height.<br />
• The height of <strong>the</strong> grass should <strong>be</strong> <strong>the</strong> same<br />
for both <strong>the</strong> training session and <strong>the</strong> match.<br />
• If deemed necessary by <strong>the</strong> referee or a UEFA<br />
match officer, home clubs may <strong>be</strong> requested<br />
to cut <strong>the</strong> grass for <strong>the</strong> match and training<br />
sessions.<br />
• The home club must ensure that all necessary<br />
measures are taken to guarantee <strong>the</strong> smooth<br />
running of <strong>the</strong> match:<br />
– equipment (e.g. brushes) to assist with <strong>the</strong><br />
draining of <strong>the</strong> pitch in case of heavy rain;<br />
– equipment (e.g. blowers, brushes and<br />
tractors) to clear <strong>the</strong> pitch in case of snow;<br />
– sufficient personnel to react to unexpected<br />
adverse wea<strong>the</strong>r conditions.<br />
• A club can change <strong>the</strong> surface of its pitch from<br />
natural grass to artificial turf or vice versa once<br />
during <strong>the</strong> season. This change must occur after<br />
<strong>the</strong> end of <strong>the</strong> group stage. Such requests must<br />
<strong>be</strong> submitted to <strong>the</strong> UEFA administration by<br />
1 Decem<strong>be</strong>r <strong>2013</strong> and <strong>the</strong> new pitch must <strong>be</strong><br />
in place 30 days prior to <strong>the</strong> first match in <strong>the</strong><br />
round of 32. UEFA reserves <strong>the</strong> right to inspect<br />
<strong>the</strong> pitch <strong>be</strong>fore approval.<br />
Safety around <strong>the</strong> pitch<br />
• <strong>Club</strong>s ensure that <strong>the</strong> area immediately adjacent<br />
to <strong>the</strong> pitch is safe for players and referees.<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s may <strong>be</strong> asked by UEFA to ensure that<br />
this is <strong>the</strong> case.<br />
Moveable pitch<br />
• In stadiums with a moveable pitch, <strong>the</strong> home<br />
club ensures that <strong>the</strong> pitch is in position by:<br />
– 08.00 on MD -1 for group matches<br />
– 08.00 on MD -2 for knockout stage matches<br />
Alternative training ground<br />
If holding a training session could render <strong>the</strong><br />
pitch unfit for playing <strong>the</strong> match, an alternative<br />
training ground approved in advance by UEFA<br />
must <strong>be</strong> made available by <strong>the</strong> home club. This<br />
alternative training ground should have <strong>the</strong> same<br />
type of surface as <strong>the</strong> pitch used for <strong>the</strong> match, <strong>be</strong><br />
in excellent condition with sufficient floodlighting,<br />
<strong>be</strong> in a safe and protected environment, and have<br />
appropriate dressing room facilities.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
36 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
GENERAL STADIUM FACILITIES<br />
37
2.6 TECHNICAL FACILITIES<br />
2.7 RETRACTABLE ROOFS<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s have to provide first-class technical facilities<br />
to ensure that players and match officials can<br />
carry out <strong>the</strong>ir activities in comfort and safety. This<br />
section highlights some key facilities; fur<strong>the</strong>r details<br />
are set out in <strong>the</strong> UEFA Stadium Infrastructure<br />
Regulations (2010 edition).<br />
Teams’ dressing rooms<br />
• Two first-class dressing rooms must <strong>be</strong> provided<br />
for <strong>the</strong> teams. As a minimum, each dressing<br />
room must contain:<br />
– changing facilities for 25 people;<br />
– five showers and three individual<br />
seated toilets;<br />
– a massage table and a tactical board.<br />
Doping control station<br />
A doping control station must <strong>be</strong> provided near <strong>the</strong><br />
teams’ dressing rooms. It must <strong>be</strong> at least 20m²<br />
and comprise a waiting room, a testing room and a<br />
toilet, all adjoining. The waiting room must contain<br />
sufficient seating for eight people, clo<strong>the</strong>s-hanging<br />
facilities and a refrigerator. The testing room must<br />
contain a table, four chairs, a sink with running water and<br />
a cabinet. The toilet area must include a seated toilet,<br />
a sink with running water and, if possible, a shower.<br />
UEFA delegate’s room<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s must also provide a room for <strong>the</strong><br />
UEFA delegate in <strong>the</strong> direct vicinity of <strong>the</strong><br />
teams’ and referees’ dressing rooms. The UEFA<br />
delegate’s room must <strong>be</strong> equipped with a chair, a<br />
table and communication facilities such as phone,<br />
fax and internet connections.<br />
• Before <strong>the</strong> match, <strong>the</strong> UEFA delegate, in<br />
consultation with <strong>the</strong> referee, decides whe<strong>the</strong>r<br />
a stadium’s retractable roof will <strong>be</strong> open<br />
or closed during play.<br />
• This decision must <strong>be</strong> announced at <strong>the</strong><br />
matchday organisational meeting, although<br />
it may subsequently <strong>be</strong> altered by <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />
delegate at any time prior to kick-off (again, in<br />
consultation with <strong>the</strong> referee), if <strong>the</strong> wea<strong>the</strong>r<br />
conditions change.<br />
• If <strong>the</strong> match starts with <strong>the</strong> roof closed,<br />
it must remain closed for <strong>the</strong> entire match.<br />
2.8 POWER, LIGHTING AND UTILITIES<br />
• If <strong>the</strong> match starts with <strong>the</strong> roof open, only<br />
<strong>the</strong> referee has <strong>the</strong> authority to order its closure<br />
during <strong>the</strong> match, subject to any applicable laws<br />
issued by a competent state authority.<br />
• Such a decision may only <strong>be</strong> taken if <strong>the</strong><br />
wea<strong>the</strong>r conditions deteriorate significantly.<br />
If <strong>the</strong> referee does order <strong>the</strong> closure of <strong>the</strong> roof<br />
during <strong>the</strong> match, it must remain closed until <strong>the</strong><br />
final whistle.<br />
• <strong>Club</strong>s must inform UEFA about any constraints<br />
preventing <strong>the</strong> roof from <strong>be</strong>ing closed in specific<br />
conditions (e.g. strong wind or rain, or <strong>the</strong> fact<br />
that <strong>the</strong> roof cannot <strong>be</strong> closed when people are<br />
inside <strong>the</strong> stadium).<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
Referees’ dressing room<br />
The stadium must <strong>be</strong> equipped with a high-quality<br />
referees’ dressing room measuring at least 20m²<br />
and able to accommodate at least six people.<br />
The dressing room must contain:<br />
– changing facilities for six people;<br />
– two showers and one individual<br />
seated toilet;<br />
– a desk with two seats.<br />
Substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches<br />
The stadium must <strong>be</strong> equipped with two<br />
covered substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches of high quality<br />
at pitch level, each with seating for <strong>14</strong> people.<br />
Technical seats<br />
Up to five additional technical seats are allowed<br />
for club staff providing technical support to <strong>the</strong><br />
teams during <strong>the</strong> match (kit manager, assistant<br />
physio<strong>the</strong>rapist, etc.). Registered players are not<br />
permitted to sit in <strong>the</strong> technical seats. The location<br />
of such seats is subject to <strong>the</strong> approval of UEFA.<br />
It must <strong>be</strong> outside <strong>the</strong> technical area and at least<br />
five metres <strong>be</strong>hind or/to <strong>the</strong> side of <strong>the</strong> <strong>be</strong>nches,<br />
but with access to <strong>the</strong> dressing rooms. The names<br />
and functions of all <strong>the</strong>se persons must <strong>be</strong> listed on<br />
<strong>the</strong> match sheet.<br />
Medical room<br />
An emergency medical room for <strong>the</strong> sole use of<br />
players, referees, team officials and match officers is a<br />
mandatory requirement for all matches. This medical<br />
room must <strong>be</strong> located close to <strong>the</strong> dressing rooms<br />
(on <strong>the</strong> same level) and must <strong>be</strong> equipped with <strong>the</strong><br />
mandatory items of equipment and medication as<br />
set out in UEFA Medical Regulations (<strong>2013</strong> edition).<br />
General<br />
Existing power (including backup power), lighting,<br />
water and general utilities at <strong>the</strong> stadium must<br />
<strong>be</strong> provided free of charge by <strong>the</strong> home club<br />
within <strong>the</strong> stadium areas used for <strong>the</strong> organisation<br />
of <strong>UEL</strong> matches, including <strong>the</strong> following areas:<br />
• <strong>UEL</strong> offices;<br />
• <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster facilities;<br />
• media facilities;<br />
• signage supplier working and storage areas;<br />
• hospitality areas;<br />
• <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier partner<br />
promotional areas.<br />
Power<br />
In addition to <strong>the</strong> general requirement for<br />
<strong>the</strong> home club to provide <strong>the</strong> existing power supply<br />
for all broadcast and media facilities, clubs are<br />
required to provide a specific level of power for<br />
certain broadcast facilities, and <strong>the</strong>se requirements<br />
are set out fully in section 4.10.<br />
General lighting<br />
• <strong>Club</strong>s must provide adequate lighting<br />
on <strong>the</strong> days prior to <strong>the</strong> match for <strong>UEL</strong><br />
broadcaster activities, team training and<br />
<strong>the</strong> centre circle and lineup banner rehearsal.<br />
• In addition, stadium lighting and availability<br />
of power must remain at a working level after<br />
<strong>the</strong> match for <strong>the</strong> signage supplier (as of <strong>the</strong><br />
knockout stage) and <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters to<br />
dismantle <strong>the</strong>ir materials. Any costs associated<br />
with <strong>the</strong> availability of such lighting and power<br />
must <strong>be</strong> borne by <strong>the</strong> home club.<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
38 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
GENERAL STADIUM FACILITIES<br />
39
Floodlights<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s must provide lighting for <strong>the</strong> field<br />
of play to <strong>the</strong> following specifications:<br />
• minimum average horizontal and vertical<br />
illuminance levels of 1,400 EV (lux).<br />
• uniform coverage of every area of <strong>the</strong><br />
playing field, including <strong>the</strong> corners.<br />
For all matches, clubs must also ensure <strong>the</strong><br />
following:<br />
• Floodlighting installations must <strong>be</strong> fully<br />
maintained.<br />
• Alternative power (backup) is available for<br />
<strong>the</strong> floodlighting system. This must <strong>be</strong> an<br />
independent broadcast lighting mode with an<br />
average illuminance of at least 800 EV (lux) to<br />
cover <strong>the</strong> pitch in <strong>the</strong> event of a power failure.<br />
The home club must provide details of <strong>the</strong><br />
emergency lighting source (e.g. time delay<br />
and EV (lux) level) to UEFA.<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s, through <strong>the</strong>ir national associations, must<br />
provide UEFA with a valid lighting certificate<br />
issued within <strong>the</strong> previous 12 months. In addition,<br />
UEFA reserves <strong>the</strong> right to appoint an independent<br />
expert who will check <strong>the</strong> level of floodlighting.<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s are requested to cooperate fully with<br />
such inspections.<br />
Internet and telephone<br />
• <strong>Club</strong>s must provide wireless or cabled internet<br />
connections for all sections of <strong>the</strong> media. Such<br />
connections must, as a minimum, <strong>be</strong> available<br />
in <strong>the</strong> media seating (media tribune), <strong>the</strong> media<br />
working area and photographers’ working area.<br />
Pitchside wireless facilities for photographers<br />
are also recommended. Fur<strong>the</strong>r information<br />
on media facilities can <strong>be</strong> found in section 5.<br />
• <strong>Club</strong>s are also asked to order international<br />
phone, fax, internet and ADSL lines for <strong>the</strong><br />
UEFA Europa League offices (see also section<br />
2.10), <strong>the</strong> UEFA delegate’s room or in<br />
accordance with UEFA requests.<br />
• <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters are responsible for booking<br />
<strong>the</strong>ir own telephone, ADSL and ISDN lines with<br />
<strong>the</strong>ir local telecom operators, and <strong>the</strong>se lines<br />
will <strong>the</strong>n <strong>be</strong> installed on site by <strong>the</strong> local telecom<br />
company in <strong>the</strong> country of <strong>the</strong> home club. If<br />
required, clubs are requested to provide support<br />
to <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters when dealing with <strong>the</strong> local<br />
telecom company on site. In addition, if <strong>the</strong><br />
local telecom company charges a fee to provide<br />
technical support, this will <strong>be</strong> covered by <strong>the</strong><br />
home club.<br />
• Technical assistance must <strong>be</strong> provided by <strong>the</strong><br />
home club free of charge in relation to <strong>the</strong>se lines.<br />
Costs relating to <strong>the</strong> installation and provision<br />
of lines are to <strong>be</strong> assumed by <strong>the</strong> club, but call<br />
charges are to <strong>be</strong> billed to <strong>the</strong> relevant users.<br />
2.9 SCOREBOARDS, VIDEOBOARDS<br />
AND INTERNAL STADIUM TV CHANNEL<br />
• <strong>Club</strong>s must ensure that any scoreboards,<br />
videoboards and <strong>the</strong> internal stadium TV<br />
channel are fully available to display match<br />
information, including <strong>the</strong> scores from o<strong>the</strong>r<br />
relevant matches.<br />
• <strong>Club</strong>s must use <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> branding elements for<br />
scoreboard and videoboard artwork provided in<br />
<strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League club toolkit <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong>.<br />
These branding elements include <strong>the</strong> presenting<br />
sponsor’s logo.<br />
• Information on <strong>the</strong> operational and commercial<br />
procedures for scoreboards, videoboards and<br />
<strong>the</strong> internal stadium TV channel can <strong>be</strong> found<br />
in section 12.8.<br />
2.10 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE OFFICES<br />
A minimum of 75m 2 of total office space is required for UEFA from MD-2 to MD+1. The home club<br />
ensures <strong>the</strong> security of <strong>the</strong> offices at all times and ensures that <strong>the</strong> facilities are available from 09.00<br />
on MD-2. These offices must contain <strong>the</strong> following items as appropriate:<br />
• internet connections*;<br />
• tables and chairs;<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
Radio frequencies<br />
As of <strong>the</strong> knockout stage, a set of walkie-talkies will<br />
<strong>be</strong> brought on site for use by UEFA venue team,<br />
to facilitate communication <strong>be</strong>tween all parties<br />
involved in match organisation. <strong>Club</strong>s are requested<br />
to clear <strong>the</strong> necessary radio frequencies with <strong>the</strong><br />
responsible authorities free of charge.<br />
• one fast colour copy machine, including<br />
technical assistance and paper (A4 and A3);<br />
• a fax machine and international fax line;<br />
• phones and international phone lines;<br />
• power sockets;<br />
• sufficient lighting;<br />
• heating (if required);<br />
• air conditioning (if required).<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s are requested to provide and install <strong>the</strong> following quantities of <strong>the</strong> above as a minimum.<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
Competition stage<br />
Internet<br />
connections *<br />
Phones and<br />
phone lines<br />
Faxes and<br />
fax lines<br />
Group stage 3 3 1 3/4<br />
Rounds of 32 and 16 4 4 1 4/5<br />
Quarter-finals and semi-finals 5 5 1 5/6<br />
Desks/chairs<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
* Fast internet access, wireless or cable; minimum speed 1 Mb/sec, DHCP, all ports open.<br />
40 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
GENERAL STADIUM FACILITIES<br />
41
2.11 MEETING ROOMS<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
As set out in section 1.5, a num<strong>be</strong>r of official meetings are held during site visits and in <strong>the</strong> course<br />
of a matchweek. The club is responsible for providing appropriate meeting rooms, tables and chairs,<br />
and a reasonable amount of complimentary refreshments.<br />
Site visit<br />
Meeting<br />
Opening meeting < 10<br />
Stadium infrastructure meeting < 10<br />
TV meeting 10 - 20<br />
Signage meeting (knockout stage only) < 5<br />
Closing/summary meeting < 10<br />
Matchweek<br />
MD-1<br />
MD<br />
Meeting<br />
<strong>Club</strong> meeting < 10<br />
Num<strong>be</strong>r of participants<br />
TV meeting 10 - 15<br />
Organisational meeting 20 - 40<br />
TV meeting 15 - 30<br />
Debrief meeting < 10<br />
Num<strong>be</strong>r of participants<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
42 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong>
3 UEFA, UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE PARTNERS<br />
AND VISITING CLUB EXPERIENCE<br />
3.1 TICKETS<br />
3.2 HOSPITALITY<br />
3.3 PARKING<br />
3.4 DISPATCH OF TICKETS, HOSPITALITY AND<br />
PARKING PASSES<br />
3.5 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE PROMOTIONAL ACTIVITIES<br />
3.6 PRODUCT DISPLAY<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18
3.1 TICKETS<br />
3<br />
UEFA, UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE PARTNERS<br />
AND VISITING CLUB EXPERIENCE<br />
The home club provides UEFA, visiting clubs and<br />
<strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> partners with a certain num<strong>be</strong>r of tickets<br />
for every <strong>UEL</strong> match. These tickets are divided into<br />
two groups:<br />
1. tickets provided free of charge<br />
(i.e. complimentary tickets);<br />
2. tickets that have to <strong>be</strong> paid for<br />
(i.e. purchase tickets).<br />
All UEFA and <strong>UEL</strong> partner complimentary<br />
tickets must include access to <strong>the</strong> club’s elite<br />
VIP hospitality area (see section 3.2).<br />
Complimentary tickets<br />
UEFA and UEFA Europa League partners<br />
The complimentary tickets requested for <strong>UEL</strong><br />
matches must <strong>be</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>be</strong>st seats available in <strong>the</strong><br />
stadium (VIP sector, “protocol area”, directors’ box,<br />
highest level of executive box, etc.). These tickets<br />
must <strong>be</strong> in one cohesive block, unless <strong>the</strong> amount,<br />
as indicated in <strong>the</strong> table overleaf, exceeds 10%<br />
of <strong>the</strong> total capacity of <strong>the</strong> VIP sector.<br />
In such a case, any difference is compensated<br />
for with additional tickets in <strong>the</strong> second-highest<br />
category. These tickets must also <strong>be</strong> in one<br />
cohesive block with easy access to <strong>the</strong> club’s<br />
highest VIP hospitality area. This second-highest<br />
category must <strong>be</strong> <strong>be</strong>tween <strong>the</strong> 16m lines.<br />
At UEFA’s request, clubs undertake to seat up<br />
to five of UEFA’s VIP ticket holders in <strong>the</strong> <strong>be</strong>st<br />
possible positions next to <strong>the</strong> UEFA delegate and/<br />
or <strong>the</strong> club’s top executives (club president, CEO,<br />
etc.). UEFA will return one VIP complementary<br />
ticket for each directors’ box tickets requested.<br />
Visiting clubs<br />
The home club reserves 20 complimentary VIP<br />
seats for visiting club’s representatives and <strong>the</strong> same<br />
num<strong>be</strong>r of invitations to <strong>the</strong> VIP hospitality area.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
UEFA, UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE PARTNERS AND VISITING CLUB EXPERIENCE<br />
47
Summary of complimentary tickets<br />
Competition stage UEFA and <strong>UEL</strong> partners Visiting club<br />
Complimentary VIP tickets*<br />
Complimentary VIP tickets*<br />
1<br />
Group stage 75 20<br />
Rounds of 32 and 16 130 20<br />
Quarter-finals and semi-finals 200 20<br />
1 st class 2 nd class<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
* If more than 10% of <strong>the</strong> total capacity of <strong>the</strong> VIP area, <strong>the</strong> overflow should <strong>be</strong> placed in <strong>the</strong><br />
second-highest category in one cohesive block.<br />
5<br />
6<br />
Sample location for complimentary tickets<br />
Visiting club VIP tickets<br />
UEFA & <strong>UEL</strong> partner VIP tickets<br />
Purchase tickets<br />
UEFA and <strong>UEL</strong> partners<br />
For all matches in <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League, <strong>the</strong><br />
<strong>UEL</strong> partners also have <strong>the</strong> option to purchase<br />
a certain num<strong>be</strong>r of first-class and second-class<br />
tickets. The following principles must <strong>be</strong> observed<br />
in this regard.<br />
• The first-class purchase tickets must <strong>be</strong> <strong>be</strong>tween<br />
<strong>the</strong> 16m lines with a good view of <strong>the</strong> pitch and<br />
in one cohesive section.<br />
• The second-class purchase tickets should <strong>be</strong><br />
along <strong>the</strong> touch line (i.e. not <strong>be</strong>hind<br />
<strong>the</strong> goals) with a good view of <strong>the</strong> pitch and<br />
in one cohesive section.<br />
• UEFA and <strong>UEL</strong> partners are given first option<br />
to purchase tickets, at face value and at <strong>the</strong><br />
same price charged to supporters (with no<br />
surcharge for advance sales).<br />
• All purchase tickets and <strong>the</strong> relevant invoice<br />
must <strong>be</strong> sent via courier (with next-day delivery)<br />
to <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> partners.<br />
• One invoice must <strong>be</strong> sent per <strong>UEL</strong> partner,<br />
including purchase order num<strong>be</strong>rs if relevant.<br />
Addresses will <strong>be</strong> provided by UEFA by <strong>the</strong> dates<br />
specified in <strong>the</strong> attached club season planner.<br />
Payment must <strong>be</strong> made within 30 days of<br />
receipt of invoice.<br />
• In <strong>the</strong> event of non-payment, <strong>the</strong> club must<br />
send a reminder to <strong>the</strong> relevant <strong>UEL</strong> partner<br />
and inform UEFA.<br />
• Ticket prices may vary depending on <strong>the</strong> stage<br />
of <strong>the</strong> competition. The home club is obliged<br />
to inform UEFA of its ticket prices (including<br />
any VAT) by <strong>the</strong> dates listed <strong>be</strong>low.<br />
Purchase ticket price deadlines<br />
Group stage Friday 30 August <strong>2013</strong><br />
Rounds of 32 and 16 Friday 13 Decem<strong>be</strong>r <strong>2013</strong><br />
Quarter-finals Friday 21 March 20<strong>14</strong><br />
Semi-finals Friday 11 April 20<strong>14</strong><br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
48 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
UEFA, UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE PARTNERS AND VISITING CLUB EXPERIENCE<br />
49
Visiting clubs<br />
For all matches, <strong>the</strong> participating clubs must<br />
agree in advance on reciprocal arrangements<br />
for <strong>the</strong> num<strong>be</strong>rs of tickets to <strong>be</strong> provided<br />
and <strong>the</strong>ir locations, taking into account <strong>the</strong><br />
following principles.<br />
First class<br />
• Visiting clubs are entitled to purchase up to<br />
200 first-class tickets (unless <strong>the</strong> clubs agree<br />
o<strong>the</strong>rwise) for <strong>the</strong>ir VIP supporters, sponsors,<br />
etc. <strong>Club</strong>s are requested to discuss and agree<br />
on <strong>the</strong> location of such tickets, which should,<br />
in principle, <strong>be</strong> located within <strong>the</strong> 16m lines,<br />
in a safe and secure area. These tickets must<br />
<strong>be</strong> provided in no more than two cohesive<br />
blocks, and <strong>the</strong> home club must arrange <strong>the</strong><br />
appropriate security for <strong>the</strong>se spectators.<br />
• Arrangements for payment for <strong>the</strong>se tickets<br />
(and <strong>the</strong> return of any unsold tickets) must <strong>be</strong><br />
made in writing <strong>be</strong>fore any tickets are allocated.<br />
Visiting club supporters<br />
• All clubs must make at least 5% of <strong>the</strong> official<br />
UEFA capacity of <strong>the</strong>ir stadium available<br />
exclusively to visiting supporters. That area<br />
should <strong>be</strong> segregated and safe.<br />
• If <strong>the</strong> segregated area comprises more than<br />
5% of <strong>the</strong> total capacity, this greater num<strong>be</strong>r<br />
of places must <strong>be</strong> made available to <strong>the</strong><br />
visiting club.<br />
• Visiting clubs must advise home clubs of <strong>the</strong><br />
num<strong>be</strong>r of tickets required at least ten days <strong>be</strong>fore<br />
<strong>the</strong> match, unless <strong>the</strong> timing of <strong>the</strong> draw makes<br />
this impossible, in which case such notification<br />
must <strong>be</strong> given within 48 hours of <strong>the</strong> draw.<br />
Summary of purchase tickets<br />
• Visiting clubs that have requested an allocation<br />
of tickets that covers all or part of <strong>the</strong> segregated<br />
area may return any unused tickets to <strong>the</strong> home<br />
club free of charge up to seven days prior to <strong>the</strong><br />
match, unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise agreed by <strong>the</strong> two clubs<br />
in writing. After this deadline, <strong>the</strong> visiting club<br />
must pay for <strong>the</strong> whole allocation, irrespective<br />
of whe<strong>the</strong>r all <strong>the</strong> tickets have <strong>be</strong>en sold. If<br />
<strong>the</strong> allocation initially requested includes a<br />
proportion of tickets outside <strong>the</strong> segregated area,<br />
<strong>the</strong>n payment for <strong>the</strong> whole allocation must <strong>be</strong><br />
made, irrespective of whe<strong>the</strong>r all <strong>the</strong> tickets are<br />
sold by <strong>the</strong> visiting club.<br />
• Visiting clubs must sell <strong>the</strong> tickets by zones<br />
in order to facilitate <strong>the</strong> reallocation of<br />
unsold tickets.<br />
• Any reduction in <strong>the</strong> quantity of tickets<br />
guaranteed to a visiting club – for whatever<br />
reason – is subject to UEFA’s agreement.<br />
An application to this effect must <strong>be</strong> made<br />
within 72 hours of <strong>the</strong> relevant draw.<br />
• Unless <strong>the</strong> two clubs concerned have agreed<br />
o<strong>the</strong>rwise, <strong>the</strong> price of tickets for supporters<br />
of <strong>the</strong> visiting club may not exceed <strong>the</strong> price<br />
paid for tickets of a comparable category that<br />
are sold to supporters of <strong>the</strong> home club, in<br />
accordance with Article 19 of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Safety<br />
and Security Regulations (2006 edition).<br />
• The home club may reallocate <strong>the</strong> tickets<br />
returned or not requested by <strong>the</strong> visiting club,<br />
provided that all safety and security measures<br />
(as mentioned in <strong>the</strong> Regulations for <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />
Europa League <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong> and in <strong>the</strong> UEFA Safety<br />
and Security Regulations (2006 edition)) are<br />
respected, and provided that such tickets are not<br />
reallocated to supporters of <strong>the</strong> visiting club.<br />
3.2 HOSPITALITY<br />
<strong>Club</strong> VIP hospitality area<br />
The home club is expected to invite UEFA, visiting<br />
club and <strong>UEL</strong> partner VIP ticket holders into <strong>the</strong><br />
highest VIP hospitality area free of charge. These<br />
VIP ticket holders should <strong>be</strong> given <strong>the</strong> same services<br />
and facilities as <strong>the</strong> home club’s VIP hospitality<br />
guests. If a club offers its VIP guests optional food<br />
and/or <strong>be</strong>verages for a fee, <strong>the</strong> club must provide<br />
<strong>the</strong>se services to UEFA, <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> partners and <strong>the</strong>ir<br />
guests free of charge.<br />
Alternative club VIP hospitality<br />
If <strong>the</strong> home club is not able to offer such facilities<br />
within <strong>the</strong> stadium, it must find an alternative<br />
solution at its own expense outside <strong>the</strong> stadium.<br />
The standard of <strong>the</strong>se facilities must <strong>be</strong> at least<br />
as good as <strong>the</strong> highest standard available<br />
in <strong>the</strong> stadium.<br />
1. If <strong>the</strong> VIP seating area is not large enough to<br />
accommodate all ticket requests by UEFA and <strong>UEL</strong><br />
partners, first-class overflow ticket holders will also<br />
<strong>be</strong> invited into <strong>the</strong> club’s VIP hospitality area.<br />
2. In <strong>the</strong> event that <strong>the</strong> VIP hospitality area is not<br />
large enough to host <strong>the</strong>se additional first-class<br />
guests and UEFA representatives are unable to<br />
find an appropriate solution during <strong>the</strong> site visit,<br />
first-class overflow ticket holders will <strong>be</strong> invited<br />
into <strong>the</strong> club’s second-highest hospitality area.<br />
3. If <strong>the</strong> home club has no o<strong>the</strong>r hospitality area<br />
in which to host <strong>the</strong>se first-class overflow ticket<br />
holders, it must find an alternative solution,<br />
at its own expense, outside <strong>the</strong> stadium. The<br />
standard of <strong>the</strong>se facilities must <strong>be</strong> at least as<br />
good as <strong>the</strong> highest standard available in <strong>the</strong><br />
stadium, and <strong>the</strong> same services (buffet, drinks,<br />
etc.) should <strong>be</strong> provided to guests.<br />
UEFA Europa League branding in <strong>the</strong> club<br />
VIP hospitality area<br />
UEFA and <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier partners reserve<br />
<strong>the</strong> right to display <strong>UEL</strong> branding and <strong>UEL</strong> partner<br />
branding. <strong>Club</strong>s are obliged to offer and/or serve<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier partners’ products and/or<br />
services in <strong>the</strong> club’s VIP hospitality area (and/or<br />
any alternative hospitality area provided by <strong>the</strong> club).<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
Competition stage UEFA and <strong>UEL</strong> partners Visiting club<br />
1 st class<br />
purchase tickets<br />
2 nd class<br />
purchase tickets<br />
1 st class<br />
purchase tickets<br />
purchase tickets<br />
Group stage 80 70 200 5% of stadium capacity<br />
Rounds of 32 and 16 210 200 200 5% of stadium capacity<br />
Quarter-finals and semi-finals 260 250 200 5% of stadium capacity<br />
Competition stage UEFA and <strong>UEL</strong> partners Visiting club<br />
Group stage 75 20<br />
Rounds of 32 and 16 130 20<br />
Quarter-finals and semi-finals 200 20<br />
17<br />
18<br />
50 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
UEFA, UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE PARTNERS AND VISITING CLUB EXPERIENCE<br />
51
3.3 PARKING<br />
The home club must provide parking spaces for<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> partners free of charge. The parking spaces<br />
must <strong>be</strong> in a prime position and, wherever possible,<br />
have easy access to <strong>the</strong> VIP hospitality area. The<br />
surface of <strong>the</strong> parking spaces must <strong>be</strong> suitable for<br />
use in adverse wea<strong>the</strong>r conditions.<br />
In order to gain access to <strong>the</strong>se parking places, <strong>the</strong><br />
club should provide <strong>the</strong> above parties with a parking<br />
pass that includes <strong>the</strong> following information:<br />
– location;<br />
– name;<br />
– opening hours of <strong>the</strong> parking area.<br />
The club implements and manages <strong>the</strong> parking<br />
system on site.<br />
Competition stage<br />
Partner parking<br />
spaces required<br />
Group stage 60<br />
Rounds of 32 and 16 80<br />
Quarter-finals and semi-finals 100<br />
UEFA Europa League presenting<br />
sponsor and official sponsors<br />
As of <strong>the</strong> quarter-finals, <strong>the</strong> club must, upon<br />
request, also provide an additional area of at least<br />
300m 2 , toge<strong>the</strong>r with power supply and related<br />
facilities, for promotional and display activities.<br />
In relation to <strong>the</strong> above, <strong>the</strong> home club provides<br />
promotional spaces for UEFA and/or <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/<br />
supplier partners within <strong>the</strong> stadium area<br />
controlled by <strong>the</strong> club as follows.<br />
• The promotion area must <strong>be</strong> inside or in <strong>the</strong><br />
direct vicinity of <strong>the</strong> stadium, within <strong>the</strong> area<br />
controlled by <strong>the</strong> club, to reach a maximum<br />
num<strong>be</strong>r of fans. It should <strong>be</strong> available from<br />
MD-1 until MD+1. The space provided must <strong>be</strong><br />
in a suitable condition to carry out promotions.<br />
• The space provided may also <strong>be</strong> used to sell<br />
merchandise. If local laws require authorisation<br />
for this, <strong>the</strong> club must assist <strong>the</strong> relevant <strong>UEL</strong><br />
sponsor/supplier partners in this regard.<br />
If <strong>the</strong>re is no adequate promotion area which is<br />
controlled by <strong>the</strong> home club, <strong>the</strong> club is required<br />
to secure permission from <strong>the</strong> relevant authorities<br />
to obtain space for such promotions on areas<br />
controlled by <strong>the</strong>se authorities. The club is also<br />
responsible for taking reasonable steps to ensure<br />
that such an area is suitable for carrying out <strong>the</strong><br />
relevant promotions. In addition, clubs may <strong>be</strong><br />
required to provide storage facilities for UEFA<br />
and <strong>UEL</strong> sponsors and supplier partners’<br />
promotional materials.<br />
Hospitality areas<br />
As of <strong>the</strong> group stage, <strong>the</strong> club should allow UEFA<br />
and/or <strong>UEL</strong> sponsors and supplier partners to<br />
display branding in <strong>the</strong> hospitality areas to which<br />
its guests have access. This may include UEFA<br />
Europa League and/or <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor and supplier<br />
partner branding inside and/or in front of <strong>the</strong>se<br />
hospitality areas (e.g. fabric frames, a welcome<br />
desk, telescopics and table signs).<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
3.4 DISPATCH OF TICKETS, HOSPITALITY<br />
AND PARKING PASSES<br />
All <strong>UEL</strong> partners’ complimentary and purchase<br />
tickets, hospitality passes and parking passes must<br />
<strong>be</strong> sent directly from <strong>the</strong> home club to <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong><br />
partners via courier (with next-day delivery) by<br />
<strong>the</strong> dates specified in <strong>the</strong> attached club season<br />
planner. UEFA will inform <strong>the</strong> club of <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong><br />
partners’ address details and <strong>the</strong> num<strong>be</strong>r of tickets,<br />
hospitality passes and parking passes required by<br />
fax or email. All shipping costs are to <strong>be</strong><br />
borne by <strong>the</strong> club.<br />
In addition, if not stated on <strong>the</strong> hospitality pass,<br />
<strong>the</strong> club must include with each pass, a letter in<br />
both English and <strong>the</strong> local language that includes<br />
<strong>the</strong> following information on <strong>the</strong> hospitality area:<br />
– location;<br />
– name;<br />
– opening hours;<br />
– dress code;<br />
– any special requirements (age restriction,<br />
RSVP, etc.).<br />
• Any work required to make <strong>the</strong> area suitable for<br />
carrying out such promotions is to <strong>be</strong> completed<br />
at <strong>the</strong> home club’s expense.<br />
• The home club must provide <strong>the</strong> necessary<br />
security for <strong>the</strong>se promotional areas and may<br />
not charge any fee for providing <strong>the</strong> promotional<br />
area or <strong>the</strong> right to conduct promotional<br />
activities inside <strong>the</strong> stadium.<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
3.5 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />
PROMOTIONAL ACTIVITIES<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
UEFA Europa League promotional areas<br />
As of <strong>the</strong> group stage, clubs must, upon<br />
request, provide a promotional area of at<br />
least 600m 2 , toge<strong>the</strong>r with power and related<br />
facilities, for promotional activities by UEFA<br />
and/or <strong>UEL</strong> sponsors.<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
52 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
UEFA, UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE PARTNERS AND VISITING CLUB EXPERIENCE<br />
53
3.6 PRODUCT DISPLAY<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s are obliged to display and/or use products<br />
and/or services provided by <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier<br />
partners <strong>be</strong>fore, during and after <strong>the</strong> matches free<br />
of charge.<br />
UEFA and <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier partners<br />
reserve <strong>the</strong> right to install and/or display UEFA<br />
Europa League branding and <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier<br />
partners’ branding in <strong>the</strong> club’s VIP hospitality area.<br />
The club is also required to offer and/or serve <strong>UEL</strong><br />
partners’ products and/or services in this area, as<br />
well as in media areas and o<strong>the</strong>r hospitality areas.<br />
In such areas, UEFA and its <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor partners<br />
reserve <strong>the</strong> right to:<br />
– display and place branding;<br />
– provide products and services;<br />
– install service equipment.<br />
Fur<strong>the</strong>rmore, if requested to do so by UEFA, <strong>the</strong><br />
club must also serve and use <strong>the</strong> products and/or<br />
services. <strong>Club</strong>s are not allowed to charge for any<br />
of <strong>the</strong>se rights.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
54 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong>
4 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />
BROADCASTER FACILITIES<br />
4.1 SPACE, FACILITY AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS<br />
4.2 CAMERA POSITIONS<br />
4.3 COMMENTARY POSITIONS<br />
4.4 PITCH REPORTER POSITIONS<br />
4.5 BROADCAST STUDIOS<br />
4.6 INTERVIEW AREAS<br />
4.7 PITCHSIDE PRESENTATION AREAS<br />
4.8 TV COMPOUND<br />
4.9 CABLING<br />
4.10 POWER AND LIGHTING<br />
4.11 OBSERVER SEATS<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18
4.1 SPACE, FACILITY AND<br />
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS<br />
4<br />
UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />
BROADCASTER FACILITIES<br />
The location of dedicated areas, access and<br />
facilities for <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters will <strong>be</strong> discussed<br />
and agreed <strong>be</strong>tween <strong>the</strong> club, UEFA and <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong><br />
broadcasters at site visits. UEFA’s decisions in this<br />
area are final.<br />
Space and facility requirements<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s must provide space and existing<br />
infrastructure for <strong>the</strong> installation of broadcast<br />
facilities. If necessary, this will require seats to<br />
<strong>be</strong> removed, even if this reduces ticket sales.<br />
Construction requirements<br />
If <strong>the</strong> required facilities do not already exist, clubs<br />
will <strong>be</strong> required to construct camera positions,<br />
indoor studios, commentary positions, interview<br />
positions and cable route infrastructure at <strong>the</strong>ir<br />
own expense. The arrangements in relation to <strong>the</strong><br />
construction of pitch view studios are contained<br />
in section 4.5.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE BROADCASTER FACILITIES<br />
59
4.2 CAMERA POSITIONS Main cameras (A1, A2, A3, A4)<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s must ensure that <strong>the</strong> camera positions<br />
descri<strong>be</strong>d <strong>be</strong>low can <strong>be</strong> accommodated, unless<br />
<strong>the</strong>y present any safety or security risks to players,<br />
officials or <strong>the</strong> public. Where required, security<br />
must <strong>be</strong> provided by <strong>the</strong> home club for <strong>the</strong>se<br />
camera positions, and all camera positions must<br />
have an unobstructed view of <strong>the</strong> pitch. All camera<br />
positions and activities are subject to <strong>the</strong> approval<br />
of UEFA.<br />
To guarantee a consistently high standard of<br />
broadcasting across all <strong>UEL</strong> matches, a minimum<br />
num<strong>be</strong>r of camera positions must <strong>be</strong> available at<br />
each stadium for use by <strong>the</strong> host broadcaster and<br />
by visiting broadcasters who wish to supplement<br />
<strong>the</strong>ir coverage.<br />
The following diagram features <strong>the</strong> camera positions<br />
that may <strong>be</strong> required for match coverage by <strong>UEL</strong><br />
broadcasters. <strong>Club</strong>s must ensure that <strong>the</strong>se camera<br />
positions can <strong>be</strong> accommodated at <strong>the</strong>ir stadium.<br />
Positioned in <strong>the</strong> main stand and situated exactly<br />
on <strong>the</strong> halfway line, <strong>the</strong>se cameras must <strong>be</strong> covered<br />
and must face away from <strong>the</strong> sun. Space must <strong>be</strong><br />
provided for at least three cameras for <strong>the</strong> group<br />
stage (on a platform at least 6m in length) and<br />
at least four cameras for <strong>the</strong> knockout stage (on<br />
a platform at least 8m in length). The cameras<br />
must have a full and clear view of <strong>the</strong> whole pitch,<br />
and it must <strong>be</strong> possible to use <strong>the</strong>m unaltered<br />
(i.e. without applying side viewfinders).<br />
Pitchside halfway camera (B)<br />
A fixed camera positioned on <strong>the</strong> halfway line<br />
at pitch level. It may <strong>be</strong> necessary for this camera<br />
to <strong>be</strong> placed <strong>be</strong>tween <strong>the</strong> substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches,<br />
in which case a solution must <strong>be</strong> found to<br />
enable an unimpeded view of <strong>the</strong> field of play<br />
and substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches for <strong>the</strong> UEFA fourth<br />
official, and a clear view of <strong>the</strong> pitch for<br />
club representatives.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
Sixteen-metre cameras (C1, C2)<br />
Two cameras installed in <strong>the</strong> main stand exactly<br />
on <strong>the</strong> 16m lines, at <strong>the</strong> same level or higher than<br />
<strong>the</strong> main camera platform.<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
Behind-goal cameras (D)<br />
Two areas <strong>be</strong>hind each goal, one on <strong>the</strong> side<br />
closest to <strong>the</strong> main camera and one on <strong>the</strong> far<br />
side of <strong>the</strong> goal, of a minimum of 10m long and<br />
2m wide each, <strong>be</strong>hind each goal must <strong>be</strong> made<br />
available for both multilateral and unilateral live<br />
cameras and ENG crews.<br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
60 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE BROADCASTER FACILITIES<br />
61
Beauty-shot camera (E)<br />
A fixed camera mounted high in <strong>the</strong> stadium<br />
to give a panoramic static shot of whole arena.<br />
Bench cameras (F)<br />
A portable camera (cabled or wireless) <strong>be</strong>longing<br />
to <strong>the</strong> host broadcaster and one <strong>be</strong>longing to <strong>the</strong><br />
visiting broadcaster (both in fixed positions, unless<br />
agreed o<strong>the</strong>rwise) may <strong>be</strong> positioned to cover<br />
<strong>the</strong> substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches. These cameras must <strong>be</strong><br />
located outside <strong>the</strong> technical area and positioned<br />
in such a way as to ensure that <strong>the</strong> players, coaches<br />
and referees are not distur<strong>be</strong>d and have a clear view<br />
of all corners of <strong>the</strong> field of play. The cameras must<br />
remain <strong>be</strong>hind a imaginary line drawn from <strong>the</strong><br />
substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches to <strong>the</strong> corner flags.<br />
The host broadcaster’s camera may also <strong>be</strong> used<br />
on <strong>the</strong> field for player close-ups during <strong>the</strong> lineup,<br />
<strong>the</strong> coin toss and after <strong>the</strong> match.<br />
High <strong>be</strong>hind-goal cameras (G1, G2)<br />
A camera installed in <strong>the</strong> stands <strong>be</strong>hind each goal,<br />
at a height permitting an unobstructed view of <strong>the</strong><br />
penalty spot from above <strong>the</strong> crossbar.<br />
Reverse-angle cameras (H1, H2, H3, H4, H5, H6, H7)<br />
One camera located in <strong>the</strong> stand and up to three<br />
pitchside cameras on <strong>the</strong> opposite side of <strong>the</strong><br />
stadium to <strong>the</strong> main camera, for reverse-angle<br />
coverage. For quarter-finals and semi-finals, space<br />
for an additional camera in <strong>the</strong> stand (i.e. two in<br />
total) must also <strong>be</strong> made available. Two additional<br />
cameras may <strong>be</strong> located on <strong>the</strong> reverse side,<br />
pitchside and towards <strong>the</strong> corners.<br />
Mini-cameras (J1, J2)<br />
A mini-camera may <strong>be</strong> placed <strong>be</strong>hind <strong>the</strong> goal<br />
but cannot <strong>be</strong> attached to <strong>the</strong> net or <strong>the</strong> actual<br />
posts and crossbar. A mini-camera may, however,<br />
<strong>be</strong> attached to <strong>the</strong> poles which support <strong>the</strong> net or<br />
<strong>the</strong> cable connecting <strong>the</strong> back of <strong>the</strong> net to <strong>the</strong><br />
vertical stanchions directly <strong>be</strong>hind <strong>the</strong> goal. These<br />
mini-cameras must not present any danger to <strong>the</strong><br />
players. In particular, if a player runs into <strong>the</strong> net, he<br />
must not <strong>be</strong> able to make contact with <strong>the</strong> camera.<br />
Mini-cameras are subject to UEFA’s approval.<br />
Tunnel camera (K)<br />
A camera in a fixed position approved by UEFA, in<br />
<strong>the</strong> area <strong>be</strong>tween <strong>the</strong> pitch and <strong>the</strong> dressing rooms<br />
(or <strong>the</strong> players’ tunnel). This camera may only <strong>be</strong><br />
used <strong>be</strong>fore <strong>the</strong> teams exit <strong>the</strong> tunnel at <strong>the</strong> start<br />
of <strong>the</strong> first and second half (this may include <strong>the</strong><br />
teams exit prior to <strong>the</strong> teams warm-up).<br />
Crane cameras (L1, L2)<br />
These are permitted <strong>be</strong>hind <strong>the</strong> goal if <strong>the</strong>re is<br />
sufficient space and <strong>the</strong>y do not cause security or<br />
safety issues for players, spectators or anyone else<br />
operating in this area.<br />
Six-metre cameras (M1, M2)<br />
Two cameras located on <strong>the</strong> same side as <strong>the</strong><br />
main camera facing <strong>the</strong> six-metre line, at an<br />
approximate height of 5m above <strong>the</strong> pitch.<br />
Rail cameras (N1, N2)<br />
Rail cameras are permitted, subject to final<br />
approval by UEFA, as follows:<br />
a) on <strong>the</strong> near side (same as main cameras): one<br />
camera on rails along each side of <strong>the</strong> near<br />
touch line, provided it is ei<strong>the</strong>r remote controlled<br />
or operated by a seated cameraman; rails must<br />
<strong>be</strong> a minimum of 4m from <strong>the</strong> touch line, unless<br />
special permission is granted by UEFA. Sufficient<br />
space must <strong>be</strong> left for players to warm up and<br />
for <strong>the</strong> assistant referee to carry-out his job;<br />
b) on <strong>the</strong> far side (i.e. opposite <strong>the</strong> main cameras):<br />
a camera on rails <strong>be</strong>hind <strong>the</strong> advertising boards<br />
which can run from one 16m line to <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r,<br />
provided that it does not obstruct <strong>the</strong> view of<br />
spectators or cause any safety or security risks.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
62 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE BROADCASTER FACILITIES<br />
63
Steadicams (O1, O2)<br />
Up to two hand-held portable cameras may<br />
<strong>be</strong> used by <strong>the</strong> host broadcaster if space permits.<br />
The following guidelines apply to <strong>the</strong> use<br />
of <strong>the</strong>se cameras.<br />
Pre-match:<br />
• Only one camera, <strong>be</strong>longing to <strong>the</strong> host<br />
broadcaster, is allowed on <strong>the</strong> pitch.<br />
Aerial camera system (R)<br />
Aerial camera systems above <strong>the</strong> field of play,<br />
such as spider cams, batcams or cable cams, may<br />
<strong>be</strong> used upon <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster request, subject to<br />
<strong>the</strong> following conditions:<br />
• compliance with local safety and security<br />
regulations (i.e. approval by <strong>the</strong> relevant<br />
authorities);<br />
1<br />
• The on-field camera should preferably <strong>be</strong><br />
a radio frequency camera. If not, a cabled<br />
camera can <strong>be</strong> used as long as a cable assistant<br />
manages <strong>the</strong> cable.<br />
• The camera should cover <strong>the</strong> following:<br />
a) <strong>the</strong> teams entering <strong>the</strong> pitch;<br />
b) <strong>the</strong> team lineups – as teams stand facing <strong>the</strong><br />
main stand during <strong>the</strong> playing of <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />
Europa League an<strong>the</strong>m;<br />
c) <strong>the</strong> coin toss – when <strong>the</strong> referee and team<br />
captains come toge<strong>the</strong>r after <strong>the</strong> fair play<br />
handshake and <strong>the</strong> team photo session;<br />
a sound operator carrying a microphone<br />
may also join at this point.<br />
• The host broadcaster steadicam may also go<br />
around <strong>the</strong> perimeter of <strong>the</strong> pitch to film <strong>the</strong><br />
teams’ warm-up and o<strong>the</strong>r on-pitch events.<br />
Match coverage<br />
• Coverage permitted from corner flags to 16m<br />
lines and also along <strong>the</strong> goal lines (provided that<br />
<strong>the</strong> view of o<strong>the</strong>r broadcast or photo cameras<br />
<strong>be</strong>hind <strong>the</strong> goals is not affected).<br />
The host broadcaster steadicam operator may<br />
change sides at half-time.<br />
• Must <strong>be</strong> used in accordance with local health<br />
and safety guidelines.<br />
Post-match<br />
• Up to two of <strong>the</strong> host broadcaster’s cameras are<br />
allowed on <strong>the</strong> pitch at <strong>the</strong> end of <strong>the</strong> match.<br />
• The cameras may follow <strong>the</strong> players or <strong>the</strong><br />
referees off <strong>the</strong> pitch as far as <strong>the</strong> tunnel<br />
entrance.<br />
• These cameras should preferably <strong>be</strong> radio<br />
frequency cameras. If not, cabled cameras<br />
can <strong>be</strong> used as long, as a cable assistant<br />
manages <strong>the</strong> cable.<br />
New camera systems<br />
• UEFA approval (including a minimum height,<br />
as this could vary from venue to venue);<br />
• compliance with UEFA instructions regarding<br />
camera use.<br />
As a result of technological advances during <strong>the</strong> season, new camera equipment may<br />
<strong>be</strong> developed, which may require new positions in <strong>the</strong> stadium. Subject to both availability<br />
of space and safety and security considerations, such camera positions may <strong>be</strong> approved by<br />
UEFA on a case-by-case basis in consultation with <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters and clubs involved.<br />
ENG cameras<br />
UEFA ensures that each <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster’s ENG crew consists of no more than two persons:<br />
a camera operator and ei<strong>the</strong>r a reporter, producer or camera assistant. <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters’<br />
ENG crews may occupy <strong>the</strong> following positions at <strong>UEL</strong> matches:<br />
ENG crew positions<br />
Pre-match<br />
On <strong>the</strong> near touch line<br />
alongside <strong>the</strong> photographers<br />
for <strong>the</strong> players’ entry onto <strong>the</strong><br />
field and team lineups<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
Hot-head cameras (P1, P2)<br />
A hot-head camera may <strong>be</strong> used <strong>be</strong>hind <strong>the</strong> goal<br />
in front of <strong>the</strong> advertising boards, provided <strong>the</strong><br />
camera position does not obstruct <strong>the</strong> advertising<br />
boards or cause any danger to <strong>the</strong> players.<br />
During <strong>the</strong> match<br />
Behind <strong>the</strong> advertising boards<br />
<strong>be</strong>hind <strong>the</strong> goals, subject to<br />
<strong>the</strong> availability of space and<br />
UEFA approval; ENG crews may<br />
change ends at half-time only,<br />
if space permits, and may not<br />
move during <strong>the</strong> match<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
Twenty-metre cameras (Q1, Q2)<br />
Two fixed pitchside cameras facing <strong>the</strong> imaginary<br />
20m line in each half on <strong>the</strong> same side as <strong>the</strong> main<br />
camera. These cameras must <strong>be</strong> positioned in such<br />
a way as to ensure that <strong>the</strong> players, coaches and<br />
referees are not distur<strong>be</strong>d and have a clear view<br />
of all corners of <strong>the</strong> field of play. They must remain<br />
<strong>be</strong>hind a line drawn from <strong>the</strong> substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches<br />
to <strong>the</strong> corner flags.<br />
Post-match<br />
Flash interview positions, press<br />
conference room and mixed<br />
zone, if space is available,<br />
subject to UEFA approval<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
64 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE BROADCASTER FACILITIES<br />
65
4.3 COMMENTARY POSITIONS<br />
Construction<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s provide <strong>the</strong> space for commentary positions<br />
and must construct extra positions as required.<br />
If commentary positions need to <strong>be</strong> built by <strong>the</strong><br />
home club, it is recommended that <strong>the</strong> following<br />
principles are used for <strong>the</strong> construction of each<br />
commentary position.<br />
• There must <strong>be</strong> sufficient space for three<br />
commentators per position, with a minimum<br />
width of 180cm; <strong>the</strong> height of <strong>the</strong> table must <strong>be</strong><br />
approximately 75cm and depth preferably 50cm.<br />
There must <strong>be</strong> access on each side and <strong>be</strong>hind<br />
<strong>the</strong> seats for o<strong>the</strong>r commentators to move into<br />
<strong>the</strong>ir positions.<br />
• There must <strong>be</strong> sufficient space on <strong>the</strong> table for<br />
two monitors, a standard commentary box,<br />
a phone and papers.<br />
• Ideally, it should <strong>be</strong> possible to recess <strong>the</strong> TV<br />
monitors into <strong>the</strong> table and provide chairs at <strong>the</strong><br />
appropriate height to enable commentators to see<br />
<strong>the</strong> entire pitch and <strong>the</strong> monitor at <strong>the</strong> same time.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
• The num<strong>be</strong>r of commentary positions required<br />
for <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League varies according to<br />
<strong>the</strong> popularity of <strong>the</strong> match. <strong>Club</strong>s must make<br />
sufficient space for <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters.<br />
Commentary positions<br />
Group stage 10<br />
Knockout stage 30<br />
• Commentary positions must always <strong>be</strong> located<br />
on <strong>the</strong> same side as <strong>the</strong> main camera platform<br />
and must provide an unobstructed view of <strong>the</strong><br />
entire playing area.<br />
• The middle of <strong>the</strong> commentary area should<br />
<strong>be</strong> on <strong>the</strong> halfway line, and all positions must<br />
<strong>be</strong> located <strong>be</strong>tween <strong>the</strong> 16m lines.<br />
• Access to <strong>the</strong> commentary positions must<br />
<strong>be</strong> secure and separate from spectators.<br />
It is <strong>the</strong> club’s responsibility to ensure <strong>the</strong><br />
area is completely closed off to <strong>the</strong> public.<br />
• At least four commentary positions must <strong>be</strong><br />
of sufficient size and layout to enable a camera<br />
and/or backdrop to <strong>be</strong> placed ei<strong>the</strong>r in front<br />
of or <strong>be</strong>hind <strong>the</strong> commentators, for use in<br />
commentator presentations.<br />
• Commentary positions must <strong>be</strong> easily accessible<br />
from <strong>the</strong> media working area, <strong>the</strong> press<br />
conference room and <strong>the</strong> mixed zone.<br />
• In addition, match commentators must <strong>be</strong><br />
able to access <strong>the</strong> club’s media hospitality area.<br />
• The commentary positions must <strong>be</strong> under<br />
cover, but outside in <strong>the</strong> stand to capture<br />
some crowd atmosphere.<br />
• Commentary positions must have room for three<br />
seats and must <strong>be</strong> equipped with <strong>the</strong> necessary<br />
power (at least two household or Schuko plugs<br />
per commentary position), lighting and phone,<br />
ISDN and ADSL connections.<br />
• The club must also provide sufficient lighting, ei<strong>the</strong>r<br />
through normal stadium lighting or table lamps.<br />
• Each seat of every commentary position, as well as<br />
all equipment at <strong>the</strong> commentary positions, must<br />
<strong>be</strong> easily accessible to technical personnel during<br />
<strong>the</strong> match without disturbing <strong>the</strong> commentators.<br />
• <strong>Club</strong>s are requested to provide internet connections<br />
at commentary positions.<br />
In a normal stand, a commentary position would<br />
occupy space equivalent to that taken up by nine<br />
seats (three for <strong>the</strong> desk, three for <strong>the</strong> seats and<br />
three for access).<br />
4.4 PITCH REPORTER POSITIONS<br />
• <strong>Club</strong>s must provide pitch reporter positions for<br />
a limited num<strong>be</strong>r of <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters at each<br />
venue. These will <strong>be</strong> subject to UEFA’s approval.<br />
<strong>Club</strong> staff and players may not communicate<br />
with a pitch reporters during <strong>the</strong> match or look<br />
at <strong>the</strong>ir TV monitor.<br />
• Generally, one position for <strong>the</strong> host broadcaster<br />
and one for <strong>the</strong> main visiting broadcaster will <strong>be</strong><br />
required, each with a clear view of <strong>the</strong> relevant<br />
substitute’s <strong>be</strong>nches.<br />
• These two pitch reporter positions should each<br />
have space for two people (one reporter and<br />
one technical assistant) and must <strong>be</strong> positioned<br />
outside <strong>the</strong> technical area in a position approved<br />
by UEFA.<br />
• Additional positions may <strong>be</strong> required <strong>be</strong>hind<br />
each goal for o<strong>the</strong>r <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters. These<br />
pitch reporter positions will have space for one<br />
reporter only.<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
66 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE BROADCASTER FACILITIES<br />
67
4.5 BROADCAST STUDIOS 4.6 INTERVIEW AREAS<br />
Indoor studios<br />
• <strong>Club</strong>s must provide space for at least two indoor<br />
broadcaster studios, each individually enclosed<br />
and a minimum of 5m long by 5m wide by<br />
2.3m high.<br />
• If suitable space does not exist within <strong>the</strong><br />
stadium, clubs must provide an alternative<br />
solution (e.g. a portable building outside <strong>the</strong><br />
stadium).<br />
• The studios must <strong>be</strong> as close to <strong>the</strong> dressing<br />
rooms as possible, in order to accede to <strong>UEL</strong><br />
broadcasters’ unilateral requirements.<br />
• Technical power (as set out in section 4.10) and<br />
lighting must <strong>be</strong> provided free of charge by <strong>the</strong><br />
home club, with technical equipment and studio<br />
lighting provided by <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters.<br />
Pitch view studio<br />
• At <strong>the</strong> request of <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters, <strong>the</strong> club<br />
must provide ei<strong>the</strong>r an existing studio or an<br />
executive box with a view of <strong>the</strong> pitch.<br />
• If a suitable facility of this kind does not<br />
exist within <strong>the</strong> stadium, <strong>the</strong> home club must<br />
provide space (free of charge) for a studio to<br />
<strong>be</strong> constructed, which may entail <strong>the</strong> removal<br />
or non-sale of seats. However, <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters<br />
will carry out and pay for <strong>the</strong> construction of<br />
<strong>the</strong> studio.<br />
• The studio must <strong>be</strong> <strong>the</strong> same size as an indoor<br />
studio. It must <strong>be</strong> enclosed and have an<br />
unobstructed view of <strong>the</strong> pitch and <strong>the</strong> stands.<br />
• Technical power and lighting must <strong>be</strong> provided<br />
free of charge by <strong>the</strong> home club, with technical<br />
equipment and studio lighting provided by <strong>the</strong><br />
<strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters (see section 4.10).<br />
Flash interview area<br />
• This area must have space for at least four flash<br />
interview positions for <strong>the</strong> group stage and<br />
at least eight flash interview positions for <strong>the</strong><br />
knockout stage.<br />
• Each position must measure 3m by 4m and have<br />
space for an interview backdrop measuring 3m<br />
by 2.3m, to <strong>be</strong> provided and installed by <strong>the</strong><br />
club for <strong>the</strong> group stage and by UEFA for <strong>the</strong><br />
knockout stage.<br />
• <strong>Club</strong>s must meet <strong>the</strong> power requirements<br />
set out in section 4.10.<br />
• Host broadcasters must provide <strong>the</strong> necessary<br />
lighting and equipment.<br />
Super flash interview positions<br />
• At least two super flash positions, each<br />
measuring 3m by 3 m, must <strong>be</strong> provided<br />
<strong>be</strong>tween <strong>the</strong> pitch and <strong>the</strong> tunnel entrance,<br />
and must <strong>be</strong> kept safe for participants.<br />
VIP interview positions<br />
• <strong>Club</strong>s should provide a fixed camera space for<br />
interviews at <strong>the</strong> entrance to <strong>the</strong> VIP sector or<br />
hospitality area, as long as this does not disturb<br />
<strong>the</strong> VIP guests and sufficient space is available.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
• Any seats lost (even if this is to ensure that<br />
<strong>the</strong> view from <strong>the</strong> pitch view studio is not<br />
obstructed) and all safety approvals and<br />
security measures are <strong>the</strong> responsibility<br />
of <strong>the</strong> club.<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
4.7 PITCHSIDE PRESENTATION AREAS<br />
• Up to two areas for pitchside presentations,<br />
one on ei<strong>the</strong>r side of <strong>the</strong> substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches,<br />
must <strong>be</strong> made available to <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters.<br />
• Each area must measure 15m by 3m and must<br />
<strong>be</strong> available for pre-match, half-time, pre-extratime<br />
and post-match presentations.<br />
• <strong>Club</strong>s must provide <strong>the</strong> power requirements set<br />
out in section 4.10.<br />
• These areas must <strong>be</strong> safe for <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters’<br />
staff and guests and must allow usage of a desk<br />
and broadcaster lighting.<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
68 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE BROADCASTER FACILITIES<br />
69
4.8 TV COMPOUND 4.9 CABLING<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s must provide a clear, solid and even parking<br />
area for <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters’ production vehicles<br />
– including OB vans, tender trucks, generators,<br />
satellite uplink vehicles and any o<strong>the</strong>r technical<br />
and support vehicles that may <strong>be</strong> required. The<br />
TV compound is for <strong>the</strong> exclusive use of <strong>UEL</strong><br />
broadcasters. O<strong>the</strong>r media staff are not permitted<br />
to park vehicles in this area (although, in limited<br />
circumstances, a visiting club channel may <strong>be</strong><br />
allowed access, as set out in section 12.7).<br />
The security of <strong>the</strong> TV compound is of paramount<br />
importance and is <strong>the</strong> responsibility of <strong>the</strong><br />
home club.<br />
The TV compound must:<br />
• provide at least 1,000m 2 of usable space for<br />
<strong>the</strong> group stage and at least 2,000m 2 for <strong>the</strong><br />
knockout stage (al<strong>be</strong>it some matches with high<br />
media interest may require more than <strong>the</strong>se<br />
minimum amounts, in which case clubs are<br />
asked to provide <strong>the</strong>ir full support so that any<br />
additional needs can <strong>be</strong> met);<br />
• <strong>be</strong> lit to 100 EV (lux) to enable <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters<br />
to work in <strong>the</strong> dark;<br />
• include sufficient infrastructure such as rubbish<br />
bins and toilets, to <strong>be</strong> made available by <strong>the</strong><br />
home club.<br />
Uplink area<br />
• If <strong>the</strong> TV compound has an obstructed view of<br />
<strong>the</strong> sou<strong>the</strong>rn horizon, an additional area may <strong>be</strong><br />
required nearby for satellite uplink vehicles.<br />
• Any such area must not <strong>be</strong> more than 50m<br />
away from <strong>the</strong> centre of <strong>the</strong> TV compound<br />
and must <strong>be</strong> able to accommodate at least six<br />
satellite vehicles, with each vehicle measuring<br />
8m by 3m.<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s must provide and/or construct <strong>the</strong> necessary<br />
cabling infrastructure (cable routes, cable bridges,<br />
trenches, etc.) to enable <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters to install<br />
all broadcast cables safely and securely. Moreover,<br />
access to any existing pre-cabled systems in<br />
stadiums must <strong>be</strong> free of charge to all <strong>UEL</strong><br />
broadcasters where requested.<br />
In general, <strong>the</strong> following guidelines must <strong>be</strong> met<br />
when cabling at venues:<br />
• cables must not cause any obstruction or<br />
safety hazard to players, officials or <strong>the</strong> public;<br />
• measures must <strong>be</strong> taken to ensure that cables<br />
are as unobtrusive as possible within <strong>the</strong><br />
stadium and <strong>the</strong> area surrounding <strong>the</strong> pitch;<br />
• where necessary, cable bridges, cable covers,<br />
stadium dressing and o<strong>the</strong>r means must<br />
<strong>be</strong> used to make cables safe and secure.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
• <strong>be</strong> as close as possible to <strong>the</strong> stadium, ideally<br />
on <strong>the</strong> same side as <strong>the</strong> main cameras;<br />
10<br />
• <strong>be</strong> available from 09.00 on MD-2 until 12.00<br />
on MD+1;<br />
11<br />
• have 24-hour security staff from <strong>the</strong> arrival of<br />
<strong>the</strong> first truck to <strong>the</strong> departure of <strong>the</strong> last truck;<br />
12<br />
• <strong>be</strong> fully secured with high fences (at least<br />
2m high);<br />
13<br />
• <strong>be</strong> equipped with power and backup facilities,<br />
provided free of charge by <strong>the</strong> home club;<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
• <strong>be</strong> equipped with telecommunications<br />
infrastructure, at <strong>the</strong> home club’s expense, to<br />
enable local telecom companies to install <strong>the</strong><br />
relevant lines;<br />
15<br />
16<br />
• have a surface and layout suitable for any OB<br />
vehicles (e.g. a concrete surface) and sufficient<br />
drainage in case of rain;<br />
17<br />
18<br />
70 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE BROADCASTER FACILITIES<br />
71
4.10 POWER AND LIGHTING<br />
In addition to <strong>the</strong> power and backup power to <strong>be</strong> provided, clubs provide <strong>the</strong> following<br />
power and lighting to <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters free of charge.<br />
Power<br />
• In addition to <strong>the</strong> regular Schuko outputs in each position, technical power must <strong>be</strong> provided<br />
by <strong>the</strong> home club to <strong>the</strong> positions in <strong>the</strong> table <strong>be</strong>low.<br />
Pitch view studio Power Connector/Shuko Type<br />
One studio 12KW 32A CEE 380V/3ph<br />
Indoor studio<br />
Two studios 12KW 32A CEE 380V/3ph<br />
Flash interview positions<br />
Four positions (eight for <strong>the</strong> knockout stage) 2.5KW 16A CEE 220V/1ph<br />
Pitchside presentation areas<br />
Two areas (total six positions) 2.5KW 16A CEE 220V/1ph<br />
Lighting<br />
• Working lights must <strong>be</strong> provided to all <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster areas, including lighting<br />
allowing work to <strong>be</strong> conducted in and around <strong>the</strong> stadium <strong>be</strong>fore and after <strong>the</strong> match.<br />
4.11 OBSERVER SEATS<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
• <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters may request observer<br />
seats for accredited staff mem<strong>be</strong>rs with<br />
pre- and post-match roles on site, but<br />
no role during <strong>the</strong> match itself.<br />
• The home club will <strong>be</strong> asked to provide UEFA<br />
observer seats as follows.<br />
Competition stage<br />
Group stage 10<br />
Rounds of 32 and 16 15<br />
Quarter-finals and semi-finals 20<br />
Observer seats<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
72 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong>
5 MEDIA FACILITIES<br />
5.1 MEDIA WORKING AREA<br />
5.2 MEDIA SEATING (MEDIA TRIBUNE)<br />
5.3 PRESS CONFERENCE ROOM<br />
5.4 MIXED ZONE<br />
5.5 PHOTOGRAPHERS’ WORKING AREA<br />
AND MATCH POSITIONS<br />
5.6 INTERNET CONNECTIVITY<br />
5.7 CAMERA STORAGE FOR NON-RIGHTS-HOLDING<br />
BROADCASTERS<br />
5.8 MEDIA HOSPITALITY<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18
5.1 MEDIA WORKING AREA<br />
The club must make a working area available to <strong>the</strong><br />
media, including tables, chairs, power sockets and<br />
cabled or Wi-Fi internet connections. <strong>Club</strong>s must<br />
ensure that <strong>the</strong> media working area is adequately<br />
heated or cooled depending on <strong>the</strong> wea<strong>the</strong>r<br />
conditions. This working area must <strong>be</strong> large enough<br />
to accommodate <strong>the</strong> following num<strong>be</strong>rs of people:<br />
Competition stage<br />
Seats & desks (min.)<br />
Group stage 30<br />
Knockout stage 60<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
5<br />
MEDIA FACILITIES<br />
5.2 MEDIA SEATING (MEDIA TRIBUNE)<br />
The following num<strong>be</strong>rs of covered seats must <strong>be</strong> made available for <strong>the</strong> media in a separate and secure<br />
area with desks large enough to accommodate a laptop. There must <strong>be</strong> power sockets at all seats with<br />
desks as well as cabled or wireless internet connections. These seats must <strong>be</strong> centrally located in <strong>the</strong> main<br />
or opposite stand with a clear and unobstructed view of <strong>the</strong> whole pitch.<br />
Competition stage Total seats Of which to <strong>be</strong> equipped with desk<br />
Group stage At least 60 At least 30<br />
Knockout stage At least 120 At least 60<br />
To avoid any doubt, <strong>the</strong> above quantities of media<br />
seats are in addition to <strong>the</strong> requirements for<br />
commentary positions.<br />
UEFA media seating and photographer passes<br />
• For each match in <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League, <strong>the</strong><br />
home club is obliged to reserve five press seats with<br />
desk and three photographer pitch passes for use<br />
by UEFA.<br />
• If UEFA has not requested any of <strong>the</strong>se seats<br />
or passes by 48 hours prior to kick-off, <strong>the</strong> club<br />
is free to allocate <strong>the</strong> seats or passes to o<strong>the</strong>r<br />
media representatives.<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
MEDIA FACILITIES<br />
77
5.3 PRESS CONFERENCE ROOM<br />
• A camera platform must <strong>be</strong> provided that is<br />
large enough for ten ENG cameras for <strong>the</strong> group<br />
stage and 15 ENG cameras for <strong>the</strong> knockout<br />
stage.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
• The host broadcaster must <strong>be</strong> allowed to reserve<br />
<strong>the</strong> <strong>be</strong>st position at <strong>the</strong> centre of this platform<br />
to enable it to cover <strong>the</strong> press conferences.<br />
3<br />
The club should provide facilities enabling pre- and<br />
post-match press conferences to <strong>be</strong> staged. The<br />
minimum seating capacity for press conferences<br />
is as follows.<br />
Competition stage<br />
Group stage 50<br />
Knockout stage 75<br />
Seats (mininmum)<br />
For <strong>the</strong> group stage, <strong>the</strong> club is responsible for<br />
producing and installing <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> press conference<br />
backdrop and press conference table signs, and for<br />
producing and distributing <strong>UEL</strong> press kit folders<br />
and press paper.<br />
The club is also responsible for providing <strong>the</strong><br />
following infrastructure and services.<br />
• Qualified interpreters with a strong knowledge<br />
of football. The home club is responsible for<br />
providing translation into English and/or <strong>the</strong><br />
language of <strong>the</strong> visiting club (as agreed).<br />
• The club must supply a podium, toge<strong>the</strong>r<br />
with tables and chairs, that is large enough to<br />
accommodate at least five people and a <strong>UEL</strong><br />
press conference backdrop.<br />
• Technical equipment (such as microphones,<br />
loudspeakers and, in <strong>the</strong> case of simultaneous<br />
translation, translation booths and headsets)<br />
must <strong>be</strong> provided. An audio splitter box must <strong>be</strong><br />
supplied, with a minimum of 15 audio outputs<br />
for <strong>the</strong> group stage and 20 audio outputs for <strong>the</strong><br />
knockout stage.<br />
• <strong>Club</strong>s are responsible for ensuring that all<br />
technical facilities are fully operational.<br />
• Sufficient lighting must <strong>be</strong> provided to enable<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters and non-rights-holding<br />
broadcasters to film <strong>the</strong> press conferences.<br />
5.4 MIXED ZONE<br />
After <strong>the</strong> match, a mixed zone should <strong>be</strong> set up<br />
<strong>be</strong>tween <strong>the</strong> teams’ dressing rooms and <strong>the</strong> point<br />
from which <strong>the</strong> teams depart <strong>the</strong> stadium in order<br />
to offer <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters, non-rights-holding<br />
broadcasters, audio reporters and written press<br />
representatives <strong>the</strong> chance to interview players.<br />
The mixed zone should feature:<br />
• sufficient space to accommodate at least 50<br />
media representatives, with sturdy barriers<br />
<strong>be</strong>tween <strong>the</strong> players and <strong>the</strong> media;<br />
• sufficient lighting for broadcasters’ interviews;<br />
• <strong>UEL</strong> mixed zone backdrops (with at least two to<br />
<strong>be</strong> installed by <strong>the</strong> home club for group stage<br />
matches);<br />
• a sectioned-off area reserved for <strong>UEL</strong><br />
broadcasters, UEFA.com and club TV channels<br />
nearest <strong>the</strong> dressing rooms, in accordance with<br />
<strong>the</strong> instructions of UEFA, who may also instruct<br />
<strong>the</strong> home club to provide individual sections for<br />
non-rights-holding broadcasters, audio reporters<br />
and representatives of <strong>the</strong> written press.<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s should take <strong>the</strong> following additional<br />
guidelines into account when setting up <strong>the</strong>ir<br />
mixed zones.<br />
• <strong>Club</strong>s should, wherever possible, use a single<br />
mixed zone, ra<strong>the</strong>r than separate mixed zones<br />
for home and away teams.<br />
• Barrier space should <strong>be</strong> calculated on <strong>the</strong> basis<br />
of approximately 1m per camera crew in <strong>the</strong><br />
TV section(s) and 25cm per radio/written press<br />
journalist.<br />
• Both <strong>the</strong> media and player sides of <strong>the</strong> barriers<br />
should <strong>be</strong> at least 1.5m wide to allow players<br />
and media representatives to circulate freely.<br />
• The mixed zone should <strong>be</strong> located as far away<br />
as possible from sources of noise such as team<br />
buses, lifts or kitchens.<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
78 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
MEDIA FACILITIES<br />
79
5.5 PHOTOGRAPHER’S WORKING<br />
AREA AND MATCH POSITIONS<br />
A working area must <strong>be</strong> made available for<br />
photographers, containing tables, chairs, power<br />
sockets and cabled or Wi-Fi internet connections.<br />
The num<strong>be</strong>rs of seats and desks to <strong>be</strong> provided<br />
are shown <strong>be</strong>low.<br />
Competition stage<br />
Group stage 15<br />
Knockout stage 25<br />
Seats and desks (min.)<br />
5.6 INTERNET CONNECTIVITY<br />
It is imperative that clubs provide internet<br />
connections that are appropriate for <strong>the</strong> num<strong>be</strong>r<br />
of media representatives present at <strong>the</strong>ir matches,<br />
in accordance with <strong>the</strong> minimum levels set out<br />
in this manual. All internet connections for <strong>the</strong><br />
media must <strong>be</strong> provided free of charge. <strong>Club</strong>s<br />
are encouraged to seek specialist advice when<br />
installing internet connections.<br />
Guideline internet capacities are as follows.<br />
• Written press: minimum 34 Mb/sec;<br />
can <strong>be</strong> shared <strong>be</strong>tween media working<br />
area and media tribune.<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s must provide seating for photographers<br />
at pitchside positions, as well as cabled or Wi-Fi<br />
internet connections.<br />
In principle, photographers should work <strong>be</strong>hind <strong>the</strong><br />
advertising boards <strong>be</strong>hind <strong>the</strong> goals, unless special<br />
dispensation is given by UEFA to work in o<strong>the</strong>r<br />
areas, such as <strong>be</strong>hind <strong>the</strong> advertising boards along<br />
<strong>the</strong> touch line opposite <strong>the</strong> substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches.<br />
• Photographers: minimum 34 Mb/sec;<br />
can <strong>be</strong> shared <strong>be</strong>tween photographers’ working<br />
area and pitch positions.<br />
Cabled connections are always preferable to Wi-Fi,<br />
as <strong>the</strong>y are more secure. Any Wi-Fi networks should<br />
<strong>be</strong> reserved for media and password-protected.<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s should note that photographers need greater<br />
bandwidth than representatives of <strong>the</strong> written press.<br />
Because of higher upload usage at matches, <strong>the</strong><br />
upload-download ratio must also <strong>be</strong> symmetrical.<br />
5.7 CAMERA STORAGE FOR<br />
NON-RIGHTS-HOLDING BROADCASTERS<br />
The club must provide a secure room for<br />
non-rights-holding broadcasters to store <strong>the</strong>ir<br />
cameras during <strong>the</strong> match. These cameras must <strong>be</strong><br />
deposited on entry to <strong>the</strong> stadium on matchday<br />
and may only <strong>be</strong> released at <strong>the</strong> end of <strong>the</strong> match.<br />
In addition, <strong>the</strong> club is responsible for <strong>the</strong> handling<br />
and security of <strong>the</strong> cameras.<br />
5.8 MEDIA HOSPITALITY<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s provide hospitality, free of charge, for all<br />
media representatives on matchday, including all<br />
journalists on site representing <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters<br />
(such as commentators, co-commentators and<br />
o<strong>the</strong>r reporters).<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
80 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
MEDIA FACILITIES<br />
81
6 SIGNAGE FACILITIES<br />
6.1 DELIVERIES AND SHIPMENT<br />
6.2 WORKING AND STORAGE AREAS<br />
6.3 TRUCK PARKING AND SECURITY<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18
6.1 DELIVERIES AND SHIPMENT<br />
6<br />
SIGNAGE FACILITIES<br />
Prior to <strong>UEL</strong> matches, a num<strong>be</strong>r of deliveries of <strong>UEL</strong><br />
materials will <strong>be</strong> made to <strong>the</strong> venue. In addition, as<br />
from <strong>the</strong> knockout stage, various signage materials<br />
are transported to <strong>the</strong> venue in a signage truck for<br />
installation by <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> signage supplier. <strong>Club</strong>s are<br />
required to provide full support for any customs<br />
clearance necessary, including paying any fees or<br />
charges incurred in this respect. If a club is unable<br />
to act as <strong>the</strong> importer of such materials (e.g. as a<br />
result of not having a VAT num<strong>be</strong>r), it must appoint<br />
a third party to act as an importer on its <strong>be</strong>half and<br />
will <strong>be</strong> responsible for any associated costs. As of<br />
<strong>the</strong> knockout stage, UEFA will appoint a signage<br />
supplier to produce, install and dismantle <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong><br />
advertising boards and o<strong>the</strong>r signage materials.<br />
6.2 WORKING AND STORAGE AREAS<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s allow access to <strong>the</strong> pitch and <strong>the</strong> entire<br />
stadium for this purpose, free of any charge,<br />
and pay any taxes, rights or o<strong>the</strong>r fees relating<br />
to <strong>the</strong> installation or display of such materials.<br />
UEFA agrees with each club, <strong>the</strong> measures required<br />
in order to install advertising boards and o<strong>the</strong>r<br />
signage materials, remove or cover any existing<br />
advertising or displays, and store equipment and<br />
materials <strong>be</strong>tween matchdays at <strong>the</strong> stadium<br />
where <strong>the</strong> club plays its matches. To optimise<br />
working conditions, <strong>the</strong> following facilities should<br />
<strong>be</strong> provided as of <strong>the</strong> knockout stage.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
As of <strong>the</strong> knockout stage, <strong>the</strong> facilities descri<strong>be</strong>d<br />
<strong>be</strong>low must <strong>be</strong> available:<br />
• a secure and lockable working room for <strong>the</strong><br />
<strong>UEL</strong> signage company, located at ground level<br />
with easy pitch and forklift access, equipped<br />
with adequate lighting, power sockets and<br />
heating facilities;<br />
• a secure storage area with forklift access for<br />
<strong>the</strong> duration of <strong>the</strong> club’s participation in <strong>the</strong><br />
competition (with a minimum of 100m 2 for<br />
a combined working and storage area).<br />
It is <strong>the</strong> responsibility of <strong>the</strong> club to ensure that <strong>the</strong><br />
working and storage areas remain secure (including<br />
<strong>the</strong> period <strong>be</strong>tween matchdays).<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
6.3 TRUCK PARKING AND SECURITY<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
As of <strong>the</strong> knockout stage, <strong>the</strong> following facilities<br />
are required:<br />
• a parking area within <strong>the</strong> stadium for one<br />
signage truck (throughout each matchweek);<br />
• secure parking in <strong>the</strong> direct vicinity of <strong>the</strong><br />
stadium and close to <strong>the</strong> pitch for easy access<br />
(from MD-3 until MD+1).<br />
The security of both <strong>the</strong>se areas is <strong>the</strong><br />
responsibility of <strong>the</strong> club. Should parking<br />
not <strong>be</strong> available in <strong>the</strong> vicinity of <strong>the</strong> stadium,<br />
<strong>the</strong> home club must provide, free of charge,<br />
a secure alternative parking area as close as<br />
possible to <strong>the</strong> stadium.<br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
SIGNAGE FACILITIES<br />
85
7 CLUB PRODUCTION ITEMS<br />
7.1 USE OF LOGOS<br />
7.2 GROUP STAGE<br />
7.3 KNOCKOUT STAGE<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18
7.1 USE OF LOGOS<br />
7<br />
CLUB PRODUCTION ITEMS<br />
The UEFA Europa League logo<br />
For <strong>the</strong> duration of <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> season, clubs that have<br />
qualified are encouraged to use <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> logo and<br />
name for <strong>the</strong>ir own non-commercial promotional<br />
purposes and for <strong>the</strong> non-commercial promotion of<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> matches.<br />
Permitted forms of <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> logo and name for use<br />
by <strong>the</strong> clubs in this context are defined in <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />
Europa League club toolkit <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong> and <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />
Europa League Brand <strong>Manual</strong>, which are provided<br />
to all participating clubs.<br />
Besides <strong>the</strong> mandatory items in this section, clubs<br />
may decide to produce any of <strong>the</strong> materials <strong>be</strong>low.<br />
In this case, clubs must ensure that <strong>the</strong>se materials<br />
are in <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> colours, that <strong>the</strong>y contain <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong><br />
logo and that <strong>the</strong>y identify <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/<br />
supplier partners.<br />
Under no circumstances is third-party branding<br />
or association allowed:<br />
• in newspaper advertisements;<br />
• on official posters promoting <strong>UEL</strong> matches;<br />
• in matchday programmes;<br />
• on hospitality passes.<br />
Approval procedure for printed materials<br />
• All <strong>UEL</strong> logos and design elements and <strong>UEL</strong><br />
partners’ artwork is to <strong>be</strong> used exactly as shown<br />
in <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League club toolkit <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
and UEFA Europa League Brand <strong>Manual</strong>. Colour<br />
references are also provided, and artwork is to <strong>be</strong><br />
reproduced only in <strong>the</strong> official colours shown.<br />
• The club must send <strong>the</strong> final layout of <strong>the</strong> ticket<br />
(front and back) to CompOps<strong>UEL</strong>@uefa.ch<br />
• Any o<strong>the</strong>r official printed materials relating<br />
to <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League, including<br />
matchday programmes, must <strong>be</strong> sent<br />
to ComOps<strong>UEL</strong>@uefa.ch for approval<br />
<strong>be</strong>fore printing.<br />
• Should <strong>the</strong> design of <strong>the</strong> ticket or o<strong>the</strong>r printed<br />
materials not <strong>be</strong> in line with <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa<br />
League club toolkit <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong>, <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa<br />
League Brand <strong>Manual</strong> or this manual, <strong>the</strong> club in<br />
question may have to reprint and distribute <strong>the</strong><br />
materials at its own expense.<br />
• Any official printed materials submitted to UEFA<br />
should <strong>be</strong> sent no later than 12.00CET on <strong>the</strong><br />
Thursday <strong>be</strong>fore <strong>the</strong> matchweek in question.<br />
• UEFA will provide approval within 48 hours.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
<strong>Club</strong> logos<br />
12<br />
<strong>Club</strong> logos will also <strong>be</strong> used by UEFA in conjunction<br />
with <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> logo for <strong>the</strong> promotion of <strong>UEL</strong><br />
matches. Such logos may <strong>be</strong> used in various places<br />
in this regard, including:<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
• on-screen graphics;<br />
• broadcaster studio programmes;<br />
15<br />
• official UEFA printed materials;<br />
• hospitality room decoration;<br />
16<br />
• promotional items.<br />
17<br />
UEFA will not use clubs’ logos for commercial<br />
purposes without <strong>the</strong>ir prior consent.<br />
18<br />
CLUB PRODUCTION ITEMS<br />
89
7.2 GROUP STAGE Centre board<br />
In order to succesfully implement <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong>’s<br />
commercial concept, clubs must produce and install<br />
certain materials. This section will provide general<br />
information about <strong>the</strong>se items.<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s should refer to <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League<br />
club toolkit <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong> for <strong>the</strong> exact details of <strong>the</strong><br />
UEFA Europa League advertising boards<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s must provide UEFA with five pitch advertising<br />
boards in <strong>the</strong> main board configuration at each<br />
group stage match. UEFA will use <strong>the</strong>se advertising<br />
boards for UEFA, <strong>the</strong> competition or <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/<br />
supplier partners. The club must ensure that<br />
<strong>the</strong>se boards are incorporated into <strong>the</strong>ir existing<br />
perimeter board configurations. This means that<br />
<strong>the</strong> centre board, <strong>the</strong> end of touch line boards and<br />
<strong>the</strong> end of <strong>the</strong> goal line boards must <strong>be</strong> <strong>the</strong> same<br />
height as <strong>the</strong> club’s existing advertising boards.<br />
The club has two options.<br />
• As a minimum quality standard, advertising<br />
boards must <strong>be</strong> produced on non-reflective<br />
plywood or o<strong>the</strong>r suitable material, in matt<br />
finish. Banners may not <strong>be</strong> used.<br />
• <strong>Club</strong>s using an LED system may incorporate <strong>the</strong><br />
boards into this, provided that <strong>the</strong> five boards<br />
remain static. Fur<strong>the</strong>rmore, <strong>the</strong> width of <strong>the</strong><br />
boards must <strong>be</strong> as indicated in this manual.<br />
production material and artwork. All <strong>UEL</strong> branding<br />
shown in this manual is for illustration purposes only.<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s that qualify for <strong>the</strong> group stage will <strong>be</strong><br />
supplied with <strong>the</strong> final, approved design and<br />
artwork at <strong>the</strong> group stage draw in Monaco.<br />
The five boards must <strong>be</strong> installed in such a way<br />
that <strong>the</strong>ir content is fully legible through <strong>the</strong><br />
main cameras, including under floodlights.<br />
An additional board test under match conditions<br />
may <strong>be</strong> conducted on MD-1. Fur<strong>the</strong>rmore, <strong>the</strong><br />
centre board, <strong>the</strong> two end of touch line boards and<br />
two end of goal line boards must <strong>be</strong> within <strong>the</strong><br />
unimpaired viewing range of <strong>the</strong> main camera.<br />
The club must produce and install <strong>the</strong> following<br />
boards <strong>be</strong>tween MD-2 and 24.00CET on MD-1:<br />
• one centre board;<br />
• two end of each touch line boards;<br />
• two end of goal line boards.<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s should refer to <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League club<br />
toolkit <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong> for exact details of production<br />
materials and artwork. All <strong>UEL</strong> branding shown in<br />
this manual is for illustration purposes only. <strong>Club</strong>s<br />
that qualify for <strong>the</strong> group stage will <strong>be</strong> supplied<br />
with <strong>the</strong> final, approved design and artwork at <strong>the</strong><br />
group stage draw in Monaco.<br />
This board must <strong>be</strong> 12m in length and <strong>the</strong> same height as <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r pitch advertising boards.<br />
It must <strong>be</strong> centred on <strong>the</strong> halfway line (in accordance with UEFA instructions).<br />
If <strong>the</strong> advertising boards are on <strong>the</strong> same side as <strong>the</strong> substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches, <strong>the</strong>re are three possible solutions.<br />
1. The centre board may go in front of <strong>the</strong> substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches (closer to <strong>the</strong> pitch than <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r<br />
boards), leaving a gap on both sides to enter <strong>the</strong> pitch (which must not <strong>be</strong> visible through <strong>the</strong> main<br />
camera), allowing access to <strong>the</strong> pitch.<br />
2. Boards may go in front of <strong>the</strong> substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches, with two doors to <strong>be</strong> opened as a gate.<br />
3. Where <strong>the</strong> technical area has to <strong>be</strong> left free, substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches must <strong>be</strong> moved to <strong>the</strong><br />
o<strong>the</strong>r side of <strong>the</strong> pitch.<br />
End of touch line boards<br />
The two end of touch line advertising boards must each <strong>be</strong> 9m in length and <strong>the</strong> same height as <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r<br />
advertising boards in <strong>the</strong> club’s main configuration. They must <strong>be</strong> placed in such a way that <strong>the</strong> corner flag<br />
straddles <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> Logo and adidas board when viewed through <strong>the</strong> main camera position (in accordance<br />
with UEFA’s instructions).<br />
End of goal line boards<br />
The two end of goal line advertising boards must also <strong>be</strong> 9m in length and of <strong>the</strong> same height as<br />
<strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r advertising boards in <strong>the</strong> club’s main board configuration.<br />
In principle, all advertising boards will <strong>be</strong> incorporated into <strong>the</strong> club’s existing board configuration.<br />
However, UEFA reserves <strong>the</strong> right to ask <strong>the</strong> club to produce one or more boards outside <strong>the</strong> existing<br />
configuration, at <strong>the</strong> club’s expense, to ensure maximum board exposure. The final decision will <strong>be</strong> made<br />
at a site visit <strong>be</strong>fore <strong>the</strong> start of <strong>the</strong> season.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
Oversized advertising boards<br />
Where a club’s existing board configuration is more than 1.2m tall, it must send <strong>the</strong> artwork to<br />
ComOps<strong>UEL</strong>@uefa.ch, prior to production. If a club does not comply with <strong>the</strong> approval process,<br />
it may <strong>be</strong> forced to reproduce boards at its own expense.<br />
17<br />
18<br />
90 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
CLUB PRODUCTION ITEMS<br />
91
Flash interview backdrops<br />
The home club must produce up to four <strong>UEL</strong> flash<br />
interview backdrops and install <strong>the</strong>se in <strong>the</strong> area<br />
allocated at <strong>the</strong> site visit. These backdrops should<br />
<strong>be</strong> height-adjustable and must <strong>be</strong> produced with<br />
a matt finish.<br />
Flash interview backdrops should <strong>be</strong> positioned<br />
in accordance with UEFA instructions on <strong>the</strong><br />
morning of MD-1.<br />
Mixed zone backdrops<br />
The home club must produce at least two <strong>UEL</strong><br />
mixed zone backdrops and install <strong>the</strong>se in <strong>the</strong><br />
mixed zone. The backdrops need to <strong>be</strong> spread out<br />
across <strong>the</strong> areas allocated to <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters,<br />
club channels, UEFA.com and non-rights-holding<br />
broadcasters as instructed by UEFA. Backdrops<br />
should <strong>be</strong> height-adjustable and must <strong>be</strong> produced<br />
with a matt finish.<br />
Press conference backdrop<br />
In addition to <strong>the</strong> backdrops above, <strong>the</strong> home club<br />
must produce and install a <strong>UEL</strong> press conference<br />
backdrop, which should also <strong>be</strong> height-adjustable<br />
and produced with a matt finish. Each press<br />
conference on MD-1 and MD must <strong>be</strong> held in front<br />
of a <strong>UEL</strong> press conference backdrop.<br />
Press kit folders<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s are requested to produce 200 <strong>UEL</strong> press kit<br />
folders per match to provide uniform information<br />
to <strong>the</strong> media. These should <strong>be</strong> distributed at <strong>the</strong><br />
two press conferences on MD-1 and placed<br />
in <strong>the</strong> media working area <strong>be</strong>fore <strong>the</strong> match.<br />
Press paper<br />
All match-related media releases distributed<br />
to <strong>the</strong> media and <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters, as well as<br />
lineup sheets and post-match statistics distributed<br />
in any hospitality area, must <strong>be</strong> printed on official<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> press paper.<br />
Only <strong>the</strong> first page of <strong>the</strong> press kit information<br />
needs to <strong>be</strong> on official <strong>UEL</strong> press paper; <strong>the</strong><br />
following pages can <strong>be</strong> on <strong>UEL</strong> press paper<br />
or on blank paper.<br />
Internal substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nch signs<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s are required to produce and install branded<br />
substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nch signs to <strong>be</strong> placed on <strong>the</strong> inside<br />
of each <strong>be</strong>nch. No o<strong>the</strong>r branding is to appear on<br />
<strong>the</strong> inside or front of <strong>the</strong> <strong>be</strong>nches.<br />
The internal substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nch signs should <strong>be</strong><br />
positioned on <strong>the</strong> morning of MD-1 as instructed<br />
by UEFA.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
Press conference table signs<br />
Between three and five triangular <strong>UEL</strong> press<br />
conference table signs should <strong>be</strong> placed on <strong>the</strong><br />
press conference table one hour <strong>be</strong>fore each<br />
press conference.<br />
Substitution panel stickers<br />
The club needs to produce four substitution panel<br />
stickers (one front, one back) and apply <strong>the</strong>se to<br />
two of <strong>the</strong> club’s existing substitution panels.<br />
No o<strong>the</strong>r branding should appear on <strong>the</strong><br />
substitution panels.<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
92 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
CLUB PRODUCTION ITEMS<br />
93
Tickets<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s must produce tickets in accordance with<br />
UEFA’s ticketing policy. Tickets and official printed<br />
materials should comply with <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa<br />
League club toolkit <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong> and <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />
Europa League Brand <strong>Manual</strong>, and must feature<br />
advertising for <strong>UEL</strong> partners in accordance with<br />
UEFA’s instructions. All ticket designs should <strong>be</strong><br />
sent to CompOps<strong>UEL</strong>@uefa.ch for prior approval.<br />
UEFA reserves <strong>the</strong> right to change <strong>the</strong> ticket<br />
artwork after <strong>the</strong> group stage. All new artwork<br />
for <strong>the</strong> knockout stage will <strong>be</strong> provided to clubs<br />
at <strong>the</strong> knockout stage draw in Decem<strong>be</strong>r.<br />
Tickets and official printed materials may not<br />
include any third-party branding or logos. If<br />
required for safety and security reasons, <strong>the</strong><br />
name of <strong>the</strong> stadium sponsor may appear<br />
(as part of <strong>the</strong> stadium name), but only in a noncommercial<br />
typeface colour and without any logos.<br />
Where clubs use an electronic ticketing system (smart cards, loaded data carriers such as watches, etc.),<br />
compensatory exposure for <strong>UEL</strong> partners of at least equal value has to <strong>be</strong> discussed and agreed with<br />
UEFA at <strong>the</strong> site visit, to ensure that UEFA’s obligations towards <strong>UEL</strong> partners are fulfilled. Previous<br />
examples of such compensation have included additional exposure in matchday programmes or o<strong>the</strong>r<br />
official club publications, and additional <strong>UEL</strong> partner signage at fan entrances, paid for by <strong>the</strong> club.<br />
7.3 KNOCKOUT STAGE<br />
As of <strong>the</strong> knockout stage, UEFA will produce and install all <strong>the</strong> necessary <strong>UEL</strong> branding and<br />
advertising elements. At this stage of <strong>the</strong> competition, <strong>the</strong> club’s obligations are to deliver<br />
a clean stadium as determined at <strong>the</strong> site visit, and to produce tickets in accordance with <strong>the</strong><br />
UEFA Europa League club toolkit <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong> and UEFA Europa League Brand <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
94 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong>
8 EXCLUSIVITY AND STADIUM BRANDING<br />
8.1 GENERAL<br />
8.2 ADVERTISING AND STADIUM DRESSING<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18
8.1 GENERAL<br />
8<br />
EXCLUSIVITY AND<br />
STADIUM BRANDING<br />
Under no circumstances may any element of <strong>the</strong><br />
visual identity of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League <strong>be</strong><br />
used in conjunction with a commercial or noncommercial<br />
third party or create an association<br />
with <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League.<br />
Group stage<br />
The clubs must deliver to UEFA a clean<br />
exclusive area by 09.00 on MD-2 prior to each<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> match. A clean exclusive area contains<br />
no advertising, stadium sponsorship, website<br />
addresses, promotional activities, product displays<br />
or branding, o<strong>the</strong>r than those of UEFA, <strong>the</strong><br />
competition and/or <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> partners (as directed<br />
by UEFA).<br />
For <strong>the</strong> group stage, <strong>the</strong> exclusive area includes:<br />
• <strong>the</strong> press conference room;<br />
• flash interview and super flash interview areas;<br />
• <strong>the</strong> mixed zone;<br />
• <strong>the</strong> inside and front of <strong>the</strong> dugouts;<br />
• refereeing areas;<br />
• <strong>the</strong> field of play;<br />
• match tickets;<br />
• substitution panels;<br />
• videoboards (with no reference to commercial<br />
or non-commercial entities permitted from<br />
<strong>the</strong> moment <strong>the</strong> teams walk out until <strong>the</strong><br />
end of match);<br />
• PA system (with no reference to commercial or<br />
non-commercial entities is permitted from <strong>the</strong><br />
moment <strong>the</strong> teams walk out until <strong>the</strong> end of<br />
<strong>the</strong> match).<br />
All items worn by players and club officials which<br />
do not form part of <strong>the</strong> playing attire (shirt, shorts<br />
and socks) must <strong>be</strong> free of sponsor advertising for<br />
all <strong>UEL</strong> media activities on MD-1 and MD.<br />
Knockout stage<br />
In principle, <strong>the</strong> exclusive area includes all areas<br />
that could <strong>be</strong> visible on television or seen by <strong>the</strong><br />
media. The clubs must deliver to UEFA a clean<br />
stadium by 09.00 on MD-2 <strong>be</strong>fore each <strong>UEL</strong> match.<br />
A clean stadium contains no advertising, stadium<br />
sponsorship, website addresses, promotional<br />
activities, product displays or branding in <strong>the</strong><br />
exclusive area. Fur<strong>the</strong>rmore, no references to<br />
commercial or non-commercial entities are<br />
permitted over <strong>the</strong> PA system from <strong>the</strong> moment<br />
<strong>the</strong> teams walk out onto <strong>the</strong> pitch until <strong>the</strong> end<br />
of <strong>the</strong> match.<br />
Exclusive area<br />
The exclusive area for <strong>the</strong> knockout stage will <strong>be</strong><br />
agreed by <strong>the</strong> home clubs and UEFA at <strong>the</strong> site<br />
visit after <strong>the</strong> group stage or by o<strong>the</strong>r means.<br />
Any decision modifying <strong>the</strong> arrangements for<br />
<strong>the</strong> exclusive area requires UEFA’s express<br />
written approval.<br />
The exclusive area can <strong>be</strong> summarised as <strong>the</strong><br />
stadium area, with <strong>UEL</strong> partners <strong>be</strong>ing <strong>the</strong> only<br />
companies with commercial rights in that area<br />
during <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> matches. These rights take<br />
precedence over any arrangements that clubs may<br />
have with any o<strong>the</strong>r companies or organisations<br />
for promotional, commercial or non-commercial<br />
activities or branding purposes and exclude any<br />
reference to <strong>the</strong> club’s website. The exclusive<br />
area comprises:<br />
1. <strong>the</strong> stadium arena itself, up to and including<br />
<strong>the</strong> first tier, including <strong>the</strong> balustrade of <strong>the</strong> tier<br />
above in each stand, or if <strong>the</strong>re are no tiers in<br />
any stand in <strong>the</strong> stadium, <strong>the</strong> entire stand; any<br />
scoreboards, videoboards, giant screens and<br />
clocks located in such areas, <strong>the</strong> technical area,<br />
<strong>the</strong> tunnel area and team seating areas;<br />
2. all broadcaster and media areas, including<br />
but not limited to flash interview areas, press<br />
conference rooms, <strong>the</strong> mixed zone and <strong>the</strong><br />
tunnel area;<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
EXCLUSIVITY AND STADIUM BRANDING<br />
99
3. all items worn by players and club officials<br />
which do not form part of <strong>the</strong> playing attire<br />
(shirt, shorts and socks) must <strong>be</strong> free of any<br />
non-sanctioned advertising for all media<br />
activities, any official training session, and on<br />
matchday from arrival at <strong>the</strong> stadium until<br />
departure from <strong>the</strong> stadium.<br />
Example of exclusive area in stadium arena<br />
The training ground for <strong>the</strong> home team’s MD-1<br />
training session, as well as that of <strong>the</strong> visiting team<br />
(if <strong>the</strong>y do not train in <strong>the</strong> stadium), is not part of<br />
<strong>the</strong> exclusive area. However, no additional branding<br />
may <strong>be</strong> added to <strong>the</strong> training ground for <strong>the</strong><br />
relevant training session(s) that goes <strong>be</strong>yond <strong>the</strong><br />
regular branding of <strong>the</strong> site.<br />
<strong>Club</strong> logos and club branding<br />
Putting <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> stamp on <strong>the</strong> stadium is a<br />
fundamental mechanism used to promote <strong>the</strong><br />
competition. Every detail, from <strong>the</strong> centre circle<br />
banner to <strong>the</strong> signs indicating <strong>the</strong> way around<br />
<strong>the</strong> stadium, helps to communicate to fans that<br />
<strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> is in town, <strong>the</strong>reby helping to amplify <strong>the</strong><br />
special nature of a <strong>UEL</strong> matchnight. Any football<br />
competition, however, is only as successful as <strong>the</strong><br />
clubs which participate in it. Consequently, <strong>the</strong><br />
balance to <strong>be</strong> struck <strong>be</strong>tween showcasing <strong>the</strong><br />
clubs and promoting <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> competition and<br />
its commercial partners is a delicate one. The<br />
principles <strong>be</strong>low outline <strong>the</strong> way in which this<br />
balance can <strong>be</strong> achieved in relation to <strong>the</strong> display<br />
of club names, logos, branding and o<strong>the</strong>r messages<br />
inside <strong>the</strong> exclusive zone.<br />
• The exposure gained by sponsor partners<br />
from perimeter advertising is highly valued.<br />
Keeping <strong>the</strong> area <strong>be</strong>low <strong>the</strong> first tier free of all<br />
prominent club logos, branding and messages<br />
is <strong>the</strong>refore a priority. During <strong>the</strong> summer site<br />
visit, UEFA will, toge<strong>the</strong>r with <strong>the</strong> club, identify<br />
all prominent club branding which is deemed to<br />
<strong>be</strong> detrimental to <strong>the</strong> visibility and prominence<br />
of <strong>the</strong> perimeter boards and <strong>UEL</strong> branding.<br />
These identified elements must <strong>be</strong> removed<br />
or covered by <strong>the</strong> host club. <strong>Club</strong>s may use <strong>the</strong><br />
PA system, <strong>the</strong> scoreboard, <strong>the</strong> videoboard<br />
and stadium TV systems to communicate club<br />
messages or campaigns to <strong>the</strong> supporters inside<br />
<strong>the</strong> stadium. Fur<strong>the</strong>r details on this can <strong>be</strong> found<br />
in section 12.7.<br />
Stadium/stand sponsors’ names and branding<br />
No stadium/stand sponsors’ name may <strong>be</strong> visible in<br />
<strong>the</strong> exclusive area. The following exception applies<br />
only in relation to a single stadium/stand sponsor<br />
that has <strong>be</strong>en granted long-term stadium/stand<br />
naming rights.<br />
• The name of <strong>the</strong> stadium/stand sponsor may<br />
appear (as part of <strong>the</strong> stadium/stand name) on<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> printed materials, including match tickets,<br />
for <strong>the</strong> sole purpose of identifying <strong>the</strong> stadium/<br />
stand if required for safety and security reasons.<br />
That must <strong>be</strong> in a non-commercial typeface and<br />
must not involve <strong>the</strong> use of any logos.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
Delivering a clean stadium<br />
When arranging <strong>the</strong> delivery of a clean stadium<br />
in <strong>the</strong> exclusive area, please note <strong>the</strong> following.<br />
• UEFA will only brand those areas which<br />
require <strong>UEL</strong> dressing.<br />
• UEFA will inform clubs as to which areas will<br />
<strong>be</strong> branded with <strong>UEL</strong> dressing by <strong>the</strong> signage<br />
supplier. It is <strong>the</strong> responsibility of <strong>the</strong> home club<br />
to remove or cover all o<strong>the</strong>r advertising.<br />
• For all advertising, including scoreboards and<br />
videoboards, clubs have three options:<br />
1. remove or cover <strong>the</strong> advertising (at <strong>the</strong> club’s<br />
own expense);<br />
2. cover <strong>the</strong> advertising using <strong>UEL</strong> material<br />
purchased at cost price from UEFA;<br />
3. allow UEFA to cover or remove <strong>the</strong> advertising<br />
and charge <strong>the</strong> club for materials and labour<br />
at cost price.<br />
The relevant measures must <strong>be</strong> agreed <strong>be</strong>tween<br />
each club and UEFA at <strong>the</strong> pre-season site visit.<br />
• Any future branding plans should <strong>be</strong><br />
communicated to UEFA at <strong>the</strong> site visit or<br />
during <strong>the</strong> season.<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
100 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
EXCLUSIVITY AND STADIUM BRANDING<br />
101
8.2 ADVERTISING AND STADIUM DRESSING<br />
Group stage<br />
Advertising and promotional rights<br />
In <strong>the</strong> group stage, clubs are allowed to sell<br />
advertising and promotional rights in <strong>the</strong> stadium,<br />
including advertising boards. No commercial<br />
activities or dressing material are permitted, and<br />
no promotional activities may occur on <strong>the</strong> field<br />
of play or in <strong>the</strong> area where <strong>the</strong> referees operate<br />
in <strong>the</strong> period from MD-2 until 24.00CET on MD.<br />
UEFA reserves <strong>the</strong> right to dress <strong>the</strong> field of play.<br />
This may include UEFA and <strong>UEL</strong> partner branding,<br />
as well as promotional activities on <strong>the</strong> pitch during<br />
this period.<br />
Advertising boards<br />
For each group stage match, clubs must<br />
produce <strong>the</strong> following boards:<br />
• one centre board;<br />
• two end of touch line boards;<br />
• two end of goal line boards.<br />
These boards must <strong>be</strong> in full view of <strong>the</strong> main<br />
camera. The club must install <strong>the</strong>se boards no later<br />
than on MD-2 and may dismantle <strong>the</strong>m as of three<br />
hours after <strong>the</strong> end of <strong>the</strong> match.<br />
Precise specifications can <strong>be</strong> found in section 3.2.1<br />
of this manual and <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League Brand<br />
<strong>Manual</strong>.<br />
Knockout stage<br />
Advertising and promotional rights<br />
From <strong>the</strong> knockout stage, all commercial rights<br />
are owned by UEFA. UEFA will appoint a signage<br />
supplier to produce, install and dismantle <strong>the</strong><br />
advertising boards, stadium dressing and signage<br />
materials. <strong>Club</strong>s must allow access to <strong>the</strong> pitch<br />
and stadium for this purpose, free of charge, and<br />
pay any taxes, rights or o<strong>the</strong>r fees relating to <strong>the</strong><br />
installation or display. UEFA will instruct <strong>the</strong> club<br />
on <strong>the</strong> measures required in order to install <strong>the</strong><br />
advertising boards and stadium/signage materials,<br />
remove or cover any existing advertising boards<br />
or displays, and store equipment and materials<br />
<strong>be</strong>tween matchdays at stadiums where clubs play<br />
<strong>the</strong>ir <strong>UEL</strong> matches. <strong>Club</strong>s are required to provide<br />
full support for any customs clearance necessary<br />
for <strong>the</strong> signage truck transporting <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong><br />
materials to <strong>the</strong> venue, including paying any<br />
fees/charges incurred in this respect.<br />
• clubs should ensure that <strong>the</strong> advertising boards<br />
are in full view of <strong>the</strong> main cameras, that no<br />
objects (such as fans’ banners) obstruct <strong>the</strong><br />
view of <strong>the</strong> boards, and that sufficient space is<br />
available for <strong>the</strong> installation of all boards;<br />
• any costs associated with a loss of seats owing<br />
to <strong>the</strong> installation of <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> advertising boards<br />
must <strong>be</strong> borne by <strong>the</strong> club.<br />
If <strong>the</strong> advertising boards are on <strong>the</strong> same side<br />
as <strong>the</strong> substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches, <strong>the</strong>re are three<br />
possible solutions.<br />
1. The centre board may go in front of <strong>the</strong><br />
substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches (closer to <strong>the</strong> pitch than<br />
<strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r boards), leaving a gap on both sides<br />
(which must not <strong>be</strong> visible through <strong>the</strong> main<br />
camera), allowing access to <strong>the</strong> pitch.<br />
2. Boards may go in front of <strong>the</strong> substitutes’<br />
<strong>be</strong>nches, with two doors to <strong>be</strong> opened as a gate.<br />
3. Where <strong>the</strong> technical area has to <strong>be</strong> left free,<br />
substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches must <strong>be</strong> moved to <strong>the</strong><br />
o<strong>the</strong>r side of <strong>the</strong> pitch.<br />
O<strong>the</strong>r advertising inventory<br />
The appointed signage supplier will dress <strong>the</strong><br />
stadium with <strong>UEL</strong> banners, signs and structures,<br />
and install directional signage to guide <strong>UEL</strong><br />
partners and guests to seats and hospitality areas<br />
and direct <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters to <strong>the</strong>ir working<br />
areas. All of <strong>the</strong>se items may include <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/<br />
supplier partners’ logos or identifying features<br />
and will <strong>be</strong> placed outside <strong>the</strong> exclusive area.<br />
At this stage of <strong>the</strong> competition, clubs’ involvement<br />
in producing and installing <strong>UEL</strong> production items is<br />
limited to ticketing and optional printed materials.<br />
The optional materials may include <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/<br />
supplier partners’ logos. More detailed information<br />
can <strong>be</strong> found in <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League club<br />
toolkit <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong> and UEFA Europa League<br />
Brand <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
Advertising boards<br />
The <strong>UEL</strong> signage supplier will place all advertising<br />
boards (which are 90cm in height) around <strong>the</strong><br />
pitch. It should <strong>be</strong> noted that:<br />
• UEFA is responsible for ensuring that <strong>the</strong><br />
minimum distances from <strong>the</strong> touch lines are<br />
respected;<br />
10<br />
O<strong>the</strong>r advertising inventory<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s must produce and install <strong>UEL</strong> media<br />
interview backdrops as well as o<strong>the</strong>r materials<br />
specified in chapter 3. Production specifications<br />
and artwork can <strong>be</strong> found in <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa<br />
League club toolkit <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong>.<br />
• <strong>the</strong>y can only <strong>be</strong> closer than <strong>the</strong> minimum<br />
distance if authorised by UEFA;<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
102 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
EXCLUSIVITY AND STADIUM BRANDING<br />
103
9 SPONSOR/SUPPLIER<br />
PARTNERS’ ACTIVITIES<br />
9.1 PRESENTING SPONSOR<br />
9.2 OFFICIAL SPONSORS<br />
9.3 OFFICIAL MATCH BALL<br />
9.4 PRODUCT SUPPLY AND DISPLAY<br />
9.5 MATCHNIGHT PROMOTIONS<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18
Introduction<br />
9<br />
SPONSOR/SUPPLIER<br />
PARTNERS’ ACTIVITIES<br />
The UEFA Europa League offers an exclusive group of sponsor/supplier partners an association with a<br />
powerful brand and a unique communication platform in prime time programming. The competition<br />
ensures regular exposure over a period of nine months, global reach delivering large audiences and a<br />
partnership with clubs, <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters and UEFA.<br />
9.1 PRESENTING SPONSOR<br />
UEFA has appointed Western Union as <strong>the</strong> presenting sponsor of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League.<br />
The UEFA Europa League’s presenting sponsorship rights package features a broad range of rights,<br />
which are separate yet fully integrated. The key elements of <strong>the</strong> integrated rights package are:<br />
• presenting sponsor rights;<br />
• association and promotion rights;<br />
• event rights;<br />
• new media rights;<br />
• rights regarding <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League final.<br />
9.2 OFFICIAL SPONSORS<br />
In addition to <strong>the</strong> presenting sponsor, <strong>the</strong> commercial concept for <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League<br />
2012–15 features two official sponsors. Those official sponsors are Hankook and HTC. The key<br />
elements of <strong>the</strong>ir integrated rights packages are:<br />
• association and promotion rights;<br />
• event rights;<br />
• new media rights;<br />
• UEFA Europa League final rights.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
SPONSOR/SUPPLIER PARTNERS’ ACTIVITIES<br />
107
9.3 OFFICIAL MATCH BALL 9.4 PRODUCT SUPPLY AND DISPLAY<br />
UEFA has appointed adidas as <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa<br />
League’s official ball supplier until <strong>the</strong> end of <strong>the</strong><br />
2017/18 season. Under this agreement, adidas<br />
will supply balls of <strong>the</strong> highest standard to all<br />
competing clubs after <strong>the</strong> draw for <strong>the</strong> group stage,<br />
<strong>be</strong>fore supplying more balls to clubs who qualify for<br />
<strong>the</strong> knockout stage. The official match ball range is<br />
season-specific.<br />
The official match ball range<br />
Two types of ball will <strong>be</strong> distributed in <strong>the</strong> course<br />
of a <strong>UEL</strong> season, as descri<strong>be</strong>d <strong>be</strong>low. All clubs are<br />
obliged to use <strong>the</strong> official ball for <strong>UEL</strong> matches<br />
and all official training sessions. If <strong>the</strong> balls are not<br />
available, <strong>the</strong> club must contact UEFA immediately.<br />
2. The winter ball<br />
All clubs will <strong>be</strong> supplied with 23 winter balls.<br />
This ball must only <strong>be</strong> used at <strong>the</strong> referee’s<br />
request in adverse wea<strong>the</strong>r conditions.<br />
UEFA and UEFA Europa League sponsor/supplier<br />
partners reserve <strong>the</strong> right to display and place<br />
branding, provide products and services, and install<br />
service equipment in any club hospitality area or<br />
media area.<br />
Fur<strong>the</strong>rmore, if requested to do so by UEFA, <strong>the</strong><br />
club must serve and use <strong>the</strong>se products and/or<br />
services. <strong>Club</strong>s are not allowed to charge for any<br />
of <strong>the</strong>se rights.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
1. The official ball<br />
All 48 clubs will play with <strong>the</strong> official ball of <strong>the</strong><br />
<strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong> season. Each club will receive 68 official<br />
season balls on qualifying for <strong>the</strong> group stage.<br />
Ball supply and disposal procedures<br />
Balls will <strong>be</strong> supplied directly to <strong>the</strong> clubs by <strong>the</strong><br />
official ball supplier, and receipt of <strong>the</strong> balls must<br />
<strong>be</strong> acknowledged and communicated to UEFA.<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s progressing from <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> group stage to <strong>the</strong><br />
knockout stage will receive an additional 30 official<br />
balls. <strong>Club</strong>s joining from <strong>the</strong> UEFA Champions<br />
League will receive 60 official balls and 20 winter<br />
balls in advance of <strong>the</strong> knockout stage.<br />
The two finalists will also receive an additional<br />
supply of official match balls.<br />
9.5 MATCHNIGHT PROMOTIONS<br />
UEFA Europa League sponsor/supplier partners<br />
have <strong>the</strong> opportunity to provide a special stadium<br />
tour for a num<strong>be</strong>r of guests at UEFA Europa League<br />
matches. This tour will take place approximately 75<br />
minutes <strong>be</strong>fore kick-off and covers various areas of<br />
interest. It does not, however, involve access to <strong>the</strong><br />
dressing rooms.<br />
In addition, <strong>the</strong> same guests may stand at <strong>the</strong> side<br />
of <strong>the</strong> pitch to watch part of <strong>the</strong> players’ pre-match<br />
warm-up.<br />
This promotion may not <strong>be</strong> carried out by clubs.<br />
UEFA reserves <strong>the</strong> right to introduce o<strong>the</strong>r<br />
matchnight promotions for <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier<br />
partners during <strong>the</strong> course of <strong>the</strong> season.<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
108 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
SPONSOR/SUPPLIER PARTNERS’ ACTIVITIES<br />
109
10 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />
BROADCASTER ACTIVITIES<br />
10.1 Interviews and presentations<br />
10.2 Filming of teams’ preparations<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18
10.1 INTERVIEWS AND PRESENTATIONS<br />
10<br />
UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />
BROADCASTER ACTIVITIES<br />
A variety of interviews and presentations are<br />
scheduled <strong>be</strong>fore, during and after each <strong>UEL</strong><br />
match, many of which are obligatory for <strong>the</strong> clubs<br />
if requested by <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters. All interview<br />
requests, locations and activities are coordinated<br />
by and subject to <strong>the</strong> approval of UEFA.<br />
Interviews may take place <strong>be</strong>fore or after<br />
a match, at half-time, at press conferences,<br />
in <strong>the</strong> mixed zone or following a specific<br />
language requested by <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters.<br />
MD-1<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s must make <strong>the</strong> manager/head coach<br />
and a key player available for interview by <strong>the</strong> main<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster of <strong>the</strong>ir country. These interviews<br />
normally take place <strong>be</strong>fore or after <strong>the</strong> relevant<br />
official training session.<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s should cooperate as much as possible with<br />
<strong>the</strong> main <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster of <strong>the</strong> opposing team in<br />
providing <strong>the</strong> manager/head coach or a key player<br />
for interview.<br />
This material may <strong>the</strong>n <strong>be</strong> made available via<br />
<strong>the</strong> host broadcaster on <strong>the</strong> news exchange feed<br />
for o<strong>the</strong>r <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters.<br />
Interviews during <strong>the</strong> match<br />
• Interviews during play are not permitted<br />
with players and team officials listed on <strong>the</strong><br />
match sheet.<br />
• Interviews during play are permitted only with<br />
celebrities, studio guests, and non-participating<br />
officials and players.<br />
• Managers/head coaches, players who have<br />
<strong>be</strong>en substituted or sent off, officials, or unused<br />
substitutes may not <strong>be</strong> interviewed during<br />
a match.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
MD<br />
Pre-match interviews<br />
• <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters are permitted to conduct prematch<br />
interviews with mem<strong>be</strong>rs of <strong>the</strong> official<br />
team delegation on <strong>the</strong>ir arrival at <strong>the</strong> stadium<br />
at a predetermined location, subject to <strong>the</strong>ir<br />
agreement.<br />
Half-time interviews<br />
• The host or main visiting broadcaster, as<br />
appropriate, may conduct a half-time flash<br />
interview with a mem<strong>be</strong>r of <strong>the</strong> official team<br />
delegation, subject to <strong>the</strong>ir agreement. This<br />
includes <strong>the</strong> manager/head coach or his<br />
assistant, but excludes <strong>the</strong> players.<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
• All interviews must take place in <strong>the</strong> designated<br />
broadcast areas.<br />
• The interview may <strong>be</strong> conducted at <strong>the</strong><br />
<strong>be</strong>ginning or end of half-time in <strong>the</strong> super flash<br />
or flash interview position or an indoor studio.<br />
• Should <strong>the</strong> host broadcaster or main visiting<br />
broadcaster not wish to use this option, it may<br />
<strong>be</strong> transferred to ano<strong>the</strong>r <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster<br />
in <strong>the</strong> territory of <strong>the</strong> relevant club.<br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE BROADCASTER ACTIVITIES<br />
113
Post-match interviews<br />
Super flash interviews<br />
• Unilateral super flash interviews may <strong>be</strong><br />
conducted at <strong>the</strong> end of <strong>the</strong> match near<br />
<strong>the</strong> entrance to <strong>the</strong> players’ tunnel,<br />
if requested by <strong>the</strong> host or main visiting<br />
broadcaster.<br />
Suspended coaches<br />
Suspended managers/coaches are encouraged<br />
to <strong>be</strong> available for all <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster and media<br />
obligations on MD-1, including <strong>the</strong> MD-1 press<br />
conference and host broadcaster interview. If this<br />
is not possible, <strong>the</strong> assistant coach must fulfil<br />
<strong>the</strong>se media obligations.<br />
On matchday, a suspended coach may follow <strong>the</strong><br />
match only from <strong>the</strong> stand, may not <strong>be</strong> present in<br />
<strong>the</strong> dressing room, tunnel or technical area <strong>be</strong>fore<br />
or during <strong>the</strong> match, and may not communicate<br />
with <strong>the</strong> team. Suspended coaches may access<br />
<strong>the</strong>se areas of 15 minutes after <strong>the</strong> final whistle,<br />
and should <strong>the</strong>n <strong>be</strong> available to <strong>the</strong> media. If<br />
a suspended coach fails to perform <strong>the</strong> normal<br />
post-match media activities, <strong>the</strong> assistant coach<br />
is bound by those media obligations. The same<br />
applies for a manager/head coach who has <strong>be</strong>en<br />
sent off during <strong>the</strong> match.<br />
• The host and main visiting broadcaster may<br />
each request two super flash interviews. The<br />
first such interview is obligatory – all clubs must<br />
make <strong>the</strong> manager/head coach or a key player<br />
(i.e. a player who had a decisive influence on <strong>the</strong><br />
result) available. The second such interview is not<br />
compulsory and requires <strong>the</strong> approval of UEFA.<br />
Flash interviews<br />
For <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters and <strong>the</strong>ir viewers around<br />
<strong>the</strong> world, obtaining a reaction to <strong>the</strong> match<br />
shortly after <strong>the</strong> final whistle is an essential<br />
component of programming and an important<br />
part of why rights holders invest in on-site<br />
productions at <strong>UEL</strong> matches.<br />
The UEFA Europa League Regulations <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
require clubs to make <strong>the</strong>ir manager/head coach<br />
and at least two key players available to all<br />
broadcasters. However, given <strong>the</strong> worldwide interest<br />
in <strong>the</strong> competition, <strong>the</strong> objective for both UEFA and<br />
clubs is to provide <strong>the</strong> <strong>be</strong>st possible post-match<br />
service to broadcasters by adhering to <strong>the</strong> following<br />
principles.<br />
• <strong>Club</strong>s should make every effort to satisfy<br />
all interview requests by making at least<br />
four players available and giving special<br />
consideration to language or nationality-specific<br />
requests.<br />
• <strong>Club</strong>s must ensure that players do not<br />
repeatedly refuse post-match interviews with<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters or o<strong>the</strong>rwise fail to meet <strong>the</strong>ir<br />
media obligations. This applies particularly to<br />
<strong>the</strong> UEFA man of <strong>the</strong> match or <strong>be</strong>st-rated player<br />
(if selected) and o<strong>the</strong>r players who have had<br />
a decisive influence on <strong>the</strong> result.<br />
• If <strong>the</strong>re is a valid reason why a requested<br />
manager/head coach or player cannot <strong>be</strong><br />
provided to a particular <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster, a<br />
suitable replacement must <strong>be</strong> made available.<br />
• UEFA will advise clubs on <strong>the</strong> requested timings<br />
for interviews. In particular, clubs should make<br />
every effort to ensure that <strong>the</strong> manager/head<br />
coach and players are available for interviews<br />
within 15 minutes of <strong>the</strong> end of <strong>the</strong> match if<br />
requested, as <strong>the</strong> live programmes of many<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters end at this time.<br />
• Players selected for doping controls may<br />
conduct interviews after <strong>the</strong> match if escorted<br />
by a UEFA match officer or ano<strong>the</strong>r chaperone<br />
designated by <strong>the</strong> doping control officer.<br />
• Post-match flash interview requests from<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters always take priority over<br />
mixed zone activities and interviews for club<br />
media platforms.<br />
• Interviews may take place after <strong>the</strong> match<br />
with manager/head coaches or players who<br />
have <strong>be</strong>en sent off, subject to <strong>the</strong> agreement<br />
of UEFA and <strong>the</strong> relevant club press officer.<br />
If <strong>the</strong> manager/head coach does not fulfil<br />
this obligation, <strong>the</strong> assistant coach must<br />
do so instead.<br />
• Flash interviews must <strong>be</strong> conducted in <strong>the</strong> flash<br />
interview position in front of <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> backdrop.<br />
Broadcaster studio activities<br />
• Pre- and post-match interviews may <strong>be</strong><br />
conducted in <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster studios<br />
positioned in <strong>the</strong> vicinity of <strong>the</strong> dressing rooms.<br />
• All interview requests require <strong>the</strong> consent of <strong>the</strong><br />
clubs and <strong>the</strong> approval of UEFA.<br />
• Presentations and discussions that do not require<br />
<strong>the</strong> manger/head coach or listed players may <strong>be</strong><br />
conducted in pitch view studios at any time.<br />
Pitchside presentations<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters may, subject to UEFA approval,<br />
<strong>be</strong>fore <strong>the</strong> match, at half-time, <strong>be</strong>fore extra time or<br />
at <strong>the</strong> end of <strong>the</strong> match, introduce <strong>the</strong>ir programme,<br />
interview guests or deliver news stories.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
1<strong>14</strong> UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE BROADCASTER ACTIVITIES<br />
115
10.2 FILMING OF TEAMS’ PREPARATIONS<br />
Dressing rooms<br />
The dressing rooms of both teams are off limits<br />
to representatives of <strong>the</strong> media <strong>be</strong>fore, during<br />
and after <strong>the</strong> match.<br />
As an exception, subject to <strong>the</strong> prior agreement of<br />
<strong>the</strong> relevant club, one host broadcaster camera crew<br />
may enter each dressing room prior to <strong>the</strong> match to<br />
film <strong>the</strong> players’ shirts and equipment and conduct<br />
one brief presentation involving its main reporter<br />
or presenter.<br />
This filming must <strong>be</strong> completed well <strong>be</strong>fore <strong>the</strong><br />
arrival of <strong>the</strong> players, ideally around two hours<br />
prior to kick-off, and will <strong>be</strong> supervised by UEFA.<br />
Team arrivals<br />
The host broadcaster is permitted to film <strong>the</strong><br />
arrival of both teams, using a maximum of three<br />
cameras in fixed positions for each team, in <strong>the</strong><br />
following locations:<br />
• <strong>the</strong> point at which <strong>the</strong> players get off <strong>the</strong><br />
team buses;<br />
• <strong>the</strong> mixed zone;<br />
• outside <strong>the</strong> teams’ dressing rooms<br />
(with no view inside <strong>the</strong> dressing room).<br />
The exact locations of <strong>the</strong>se cameras are subject<br />
to UEFA approval. O<strong>the</strong>r <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters may<br />
<strong>be</strong> permitted to film <strong>the</strong> teams’ arrival, subject<br />
to space and security considerations and<br />
UEFA approval.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
116 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong>
11 MEDIA PRACTICES AND PROCEDURES<br />
11.1 MATCH ACTIVITIES<br />
11.2 ADDITIONAL MEDIA ACTIVITIES<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18
11.1 MATCH ACTIVITIES<br />
Press conferences<br />
1<br />
General<br />
• Both clubs are required, in coordination with<br />
UEFA, to stage press conferences on MD-1 and<br />
after <strong>the</strong> match.<br />
MD-1<br />
• MD-1 press conferences are to <strong>be</strong> attended by<br />
<strong>the</strong> manager/head coach and at least one player.<br />
• MD-1 press conferences should <strong>be</strong> held <strong>be</strong>tween<br />
12.00 and 20.00 local time. Any alternative<br />
timings require <strong>the</strong> prior approval of UEFA.<br />
2<br />
11<br />
MEDIA PRACTICES<br />
AND PROCEDURES<br />
• Each press conference must <strong>be</strong> held in front of<br />
<strong>the</strong> official <strong>UEL</strong> backdrop, with exclusivity for all<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> partners.<br />
• Each press conference should <strong>be</strong> conducted by<br />
<strong>the</strong> press officer of <strong>the</strong> relevant club.<br />
• In principle, and unless alternative<br />
arrangements have <strong>be</strong>en agreed <strong>be</strong>forehand by<br />
<strong>the</strong> two clubs, <strong>the</strong> home club is responsible for<br />
providing a qualified interpreter with a strong<br />
knowledge<br />
of football. Simultaneous translation facilities<br />
should <strong>be</strong> offered whenever possible.<br />
• In principle, all press conferences are open<br />
to all media accredited for <strong>the</strong> match. Any<br />
limiting of media access must <strong>be</strong> agreed in<br />
advance <strong>be</strong>tween <strong>the</strong> clubs and UEFA.<br />
• Coaches and players attending press<br />
conferences must comply with <strong>the</strong> relevant<br />
provisions of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Kit Regulations.<br />
• In principle, press conferences should <strong>be</strong><br />
held at <strong>the</strong> stadium where <strong>the</strong> match is to<br />
<strong>be</strong> played. If a club does not wish to stage its<br />
press conference at <strong>the</strong> match stadium, it must<br />
obtain UEFA’s prior approval to hold it at <strong>the</strong><br />
training ground. Alternative venues will only<br />
<strong>be</strong> permitted in exceptional circumstances.<br />
• If a press conference is held in a location<br />
o<strong>the</strong>r than <strong>the</strong> match stadium, each club is<br />
responsible for providing and paying for <strong>the</strong><br />
necessary technical infrastructure and services,<br />
including a qualified interpreter with a strong<br />
knowledge of football, at <strong>the</strong> chosen venue.<br />
• <strong>Club</strong>s are reminded that press conferences<br />
may <strong>be</strong> broadcast live by all media present. In<br />
addition, no embargos or o<strong>the</strong>r restrictions are<br />
imposed on <strong>the</strong> use of press conference content.<br />
• If a club organises additional pre-match media<br />
activities – a mixed zone, for example – such<br />
activities may supplement but not replace <strong>the</strong><br />
pre-match press conference.<br />
• Fur<strong>the</strong>rmore, should <strong>the</strong> visiting club’s press<br />
conference not <strong>be</strong> held at <strong>the</strong> match stadium,<br />
it is always <strong>the</strong> home club’s responsibility<br />
to provide <strong>the</strong> media with match-specific<br />
information in a <strong>UEL</strong> press kit folder printed<br />
on <strong>UEL</strong> press paper.<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
MEDIA PRACTICES AND PROCEDURES<br />
121
Press conference backdrop and table signs<br />
The following rules apply to <strong>the</strong> installation and<br />
supply of <strong>UEL</strong> press conference backdrop and table<br />
signs for <strong>the</strong> group stage.<br />
1. In principle, it is <strong>the</strong> home club’s responsibility<br />
to ensure that <strong>UEL</strong> press conference backdrops<br />
and table signs are installed and dismantled at<br />
<strong>the</strong> respective visiting club’s press conference<br />
location.<br />
2. However, it <strong>be</strong>comes <strong>the</strong> visiting club’s<br />
responsibility in <strong>the</strong> event that UEFA decides<br />
that <strong>the</strong>re is not sufficient installing or<br />
dismantling time <strong>be</strong>tween <strong>the</strong> two MD-1 press<br />
conferences.<br />
3. If <strong>the</strong> visiting club was obliged to bring its<br />
own <strong>UEL</strong> press conference backdrop and table<br />
signs, but failed to do so, it must relocate its<br />
press conference to <strong>the</strong> press conference room<br />
in <strong>the</strong> match stadium or to a location agreed<br />
with UEFA. Under such circumstances, it is up<br />
to UEFA to decide whe<strong>the</strong>r it is necessary to<br />
reschedule <strong>the</strong> press conference.<br />
For <strong>the</strong> knockout stage, UEFA will install <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong><br />
press conference backdrop and table signs for both<br />
<strong>the</strong> home and visiting clubs’ press conferences,<br />
both on MD-1 and post-match, regardless of where<br />
<strong>the</strong>y are held.<br />
Post-match<br />
The press conference is to <strong>be</strong> attended by<br />
<strong>the</strong> manager/head coach of <strong>the</strong> relevant team.<br />
It must <strong>be</strong> held within 20 minutes of <strong>the</strong><br />
end of <strong>the</strong> match in <strong>the</strong> stadium’s press<br />
conference room.<br />
Guidelines for interpreters<br />
In order to ensure <strong>the</strong> <strong>be</strong>st possible translation<br />
service at press conferences, clubs are advised<br />
to observe <strong>the</strong> following guidelines.<br />
• If simultaneous translation is provided, media<br />
representatives asking questions must use <strong>the</strong><br />
roving microphones.<br />
• Questions from <strong>the</strong> media should always <strong>be</strong><br />
translated <strong>be</strong>fore a coach or player answers.<br />
• The interpreter should wait until <strong>the</strong> coach<br />
or player has finished <strong>the</strong>ir answer <strong>be</strong>fore<br />
translating.<br />
Training sessions<br />
• Both clubs must open up <strong>the</strong>ir MD-1 training<br />
sessions to all media for at least 15 minutes,<br />
regardless of <strong>the</strong> location.<br />
• <strong>Club</strong>s must provide additional support to secure<br />
<strong>the</strong> host broadcaster a preferential filming<br />
position for <strong>the</strong> MD-1training session, for<br />
distribution as part of <strong>the</strong> news exchange feed.<br />
• If a club does not hold a full training session<br />
on <strong>the</strong> day <strong>be</strong>fore <strong>the</strong> match, alternative<br />
arrangements must <strong>be</strong> made, in agreement with<br />
UEFA, to provide <strong>the</strong> media with access to at<br />
least 15 minutes of <strong>the</strong> team’s preparation.<br />
Coordination of MD-1 press<br />
conferences and training sessions<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s are requested to work toge<strong>the</strong>r to coordinate<br />
<strong>the</strong> timing of <strong>the</strong>ir MD-1 press conferences and<br />
last training sessions prior to <strong>the</strong> match such that:<br />
• <strong>the</strong> media are able to cover <strong>the</strong> press<br />
conferences and training sessions of both clubs;<br />
• <strong>the</strong> media deadlines in <strong>the</strong> countries of both<br />
clubs can <strong>be</strong> respected;<br />
• <strong>the</strong>re is a gap of at least 15 minutes <strong>be</strong>tween<br />
<strong>the</strong> two training sessions if both take place<br />
in <strong>the</strong> stadium.<br />
In cases where clubs are unable to reach an<br />
agreement, <strong>the</strong> visiting club has first choice<br />
of timing for its press conference and training<br />
session. However, if <strong>the</strong> visiting club has not<br />
communicated this information to UEFA by<br />
12.00CET on <strong>the</strong> Friday prior to <strong>the</strong> match, <strong>the</strong><br />
home club will <strong>be</strong> free to fix <strong>the</strong> timing of its press<br />
conference and training session and <strong>the</strong> visiting<br />
club will have to adapt its schedule accordingly.<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s are requested not to change <strong>the</strong>ir MD-1<br />
plans any later than 12.00CET on <strong>the</strong> Monday<br />
prior to <strong>the</strong> match.<br />
In cases where UEFA is obliged to arbitrate on<br />
<strong>the</strong> timings and locations MD-1 activities, UEFA’s<br />
decision will <strong>be</strong> regarded as final.<br />
All MD-1 timings must <strong>be</strong> sent to <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />
Media Operations department. Only <strong>the</strong>se<br />
communications will <strong>be</strong> considered in <strong>the</strong><br />
event of arbitration by UEFA.<br />
Mixed zone<br />
• After <strong>the</strong> match, a mixed zone is set up for <strong>the</strong><br />
media on <strong>the</strong> way from <strong>the</strong> dressing rooms to<br />
<strong>the</strong> exit used by <strong>the</strong> teams.<br />
• <strong>Club</strong>s must ensure that all players listed on <strong>the</strong><br />
match sheet (both in <strong>the</strong> starting lineups and<br />
as substitutes) pass through <strong>the</strong> mixed zone.<br />
• This area must only <strong>be</strong> accessible to coaches,<br />
players and representatives of <strong>the</strong> media<br />
(excluding photographers).<br />
• In principle, all accredited media representatives<br />
(except photographers) are allowed access to<br />
<strong>the</strong> mixed zone, space permitting. Any limiting<br />
of media access must <strong>be</strong> agreed with UEFA<br />
in advance.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
122 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
MEDIA PRACTICES AND PROCEDURES<br />
123
Press kits<br />
UEFA prepares a press kit for each match that<br />
includes <strong>the</strong> following information:<br />
• <strong>the</strong> latest news from <strong>the</strong> two teams;<br />
• an updated player list for each club (including<br />
information such as matches played and<br />
goals scored by each player in <strong>the</strong>ir national<br />
league and UEFA club competitions);<br />
• an updated list of season’s results in all<br />
competition for each club;<br />
• results of previous matches <strong>be</strong>tween<br />
<strong>the</strong> two clubs (if applicable);<br />
• match-by-match lineups and <strong>the</strong> latest<br />
disciplinary situation;<br />
• information about <strong>the</strong> referee and<br />
assistant referees.<br />
<strong>Club</strong> press officers will also <strong>be</strong> asked to assist with<br />
<strong>the</strong> checking and distribution of <strong>the</strong> press kits.<br />
UEFA will send out a draft of <strong>the</strong> press kit to <strong>the</strong><br />
relevant club press officers on <strong>the</strong> morning of<br />
MD-3. The content should <strong>be</strong> checked thoroughly<br />
and any inaccuracies reported to UEFA within <strong>the</strong><br />
stated deadline to allow corrections <strong>be</strong>fore final<br />
copies are printed.<br />
Official UEFA photographer<br />
• UEFA will send an official photographer to<br />
certain selected matches, who will <strong>be</strong> briefed to<br />
take a selection of photographs for use in official<br />
UEFA publications and use by <strong>UEL</strong> partners<br />
(subject to <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> partners obtaining <strong>the</strong><br />
appropriate rights clearance). <strong>Club</strong>s are asked<br />
to cooperate by making suitable arrangements<br />
for such a photographer.<br />
• A num<strong>be</strong>r of <strong>the</strong>se photographs may <strong>be</strong><br />
“<strong>be</strong>hind <strong>the</strong> scenes” shots, for which UEFA<br />
will provide <strong>the</strong> official photographer with <strong>the</strong><br />
appropriate accreditation. During <strong>the</strong> match,<br />
<strong>the</strong> photographer will wear a photographer’s bib<br />
and cover <strong>the</strong> match from <strong>the</strong> normal pitchside<br />
working positions.<br />
• UEFA will discuss <strong>the</strong> list of shots required<br />
with <strong>the</strong> clubs involved to ensure that suitable<br />
arrangements can <strong>be</strong> made and that clubs are<br />
not inconvenienced in any way.<br />
• <strong>Club</strong>s can access <strong>the</strong> photographs on request.<br />
Team lineups<br />
• <strong>Club</strong> press officers are also requested to check<br />
<strong>the</strong> spellings of <strong>the</strong> players’ names with UEFA<br />
after <strong>the</strong> organisational meeting on <strong>the</strong> morning<br />
of MD at <strong>the</strong> latest.<br />
• The official UEFA media player names should<br />
<strong>be</strong> used in all cases.<br />
• For <strong>the</strong> <strong>be</strong>nefit of <strong>the</strong> TV audience, clubs are<br />
encouraged to provide UEFA venue director/<br />
media officer and/or <strong>the</strong> host broadcaster<br />
with <strong>the</strong> playing positions of each team.<br />
• Both clubs must provide a completed match<br />
sheet to UEFA venue director or media officer<br />
no later than 75 minutes <strong>be</strong>fore kick-off. That<br />
sheet should contain <strong>the</strong> num<strong>be</strong>rs, full names<br />
and nicknames (if applicable) of not more than<br />
18 players (as well as <strong>the</strong> names of any officials<br />
seated on <strong>the</strong> substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nch). The first 11<br />
players on this list should <strong>be</strong> <strong>the</strong> starting lineup,<br />
<strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>rs <strong>be</strong>ing designated as substitutes.<br />
• UEFA will prepare a printed sheet indicating <strong>the</strong><br />
teams’ lineups and clubs are requested to assist<br />
with <strong>the</strong> distribution of this list to all media<br />
representatives, as instructed by UEFA.<br />
11.2 ADDITIONAL MEDIA ACTIVITIES<br />
Information<br />
Before and during <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> season, clubs may<br />
<strong>be</strong> asked by UEFA to provide information about<br />
<strong>the</strong> club and team. <strong>Club</strong>s are requested to meet<br />
<strong>the</strong> deadlines provided. The information must <strong>be</strong><br />
provided free of charge and may include:<br />
• a club history and records;<br />
• profiles of each individual player;<br />
• a profile of <strong>the</strong> club president;<br />
• a profile of <strong>the</strong> manager/head coach;<br />
• a history of and background information<br />
on <strong>the</strong> club’s stadium;<br />
• a complete list of national fixtures;<br />
• a complete list of match results (for <strong>the</strong> previous<br />
season), including scorers, team lineups and<br />
substitutions;<br />
• <strong>the</strong> address of <strong>the</strong> club’s website and any official<br />
social media accounts.<br />
Photos<br />
Before <strong>the</strong> start of <strong>UEL</strong> season, clubs may <strong>be</strong> asked<br />
by UEFA to provide a variety of photographs via an<br />
FTP server. The required material must <strong>be</strong> provided<br />
free of charge and may include photos of:<br />
• players<br />
• <strong>the</strong> squad<br />
• <strong>the</strong> head coach<br />
• <strong>the</strong> assistant coach<br />
• <strong>the</strong> club president<br />
• <strong>the</strong> stadium (i.e. <strong>the</strong> home ground used for<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> matches)<br />
These photos will <strong>be</strong> used for non-commercial<br />
promotional and/or editorial purposes such<br />
as UEFA.com, statistics handbooks and o<strong>the</strong>r<br />
official publications.<br />
UEFA will not directly associate individual players<br />
or clubs with any <strong>UEL</strong> partners. On request,<br />
clubs must supply, free of charge, all appropriate<br />
material and <strong>the</strong> necessary documentation<br />
to allow UEFA to make full use of such rights<br />
in this regards.<br />
<strong>Club</strong> insights (knockout stage only)<br />
UEFA will produce club insights of <strong>the</strong> teams that<br />
qualify for <strong>the</strong> round of 32 of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa<br />
League to fur<strong>the</strong>r promote <strong>the</strong> competition. <strong>Club</strong><br />
insights feature footage of <strong>the</strong> stadium interior<br />
and exterior both during <strong>the</strong> day and night,<br />
interviews with key figures from <strong>the</strong> club and a club<br />
history, as well as city views and landmarks. As this<br />
programme will also feature highlights, comments,<br />
analysis, background, emotion, passion, excitement<br />
and entertainment as explained by coaches and<br />
players, support from clubs in providing one-toone<br />
interviews with <strong>the</strong> manager/head coach and/<br />
or players is essential, and special filming in <strong>the</strong><br />
stadium will <strong>be</strong> necessary.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
124 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
MEDIA PRACTICES AND PROCEDURES<br />
125
Publications<br />
Statistics handbook<br />
UEFA will produce <strong>the</strong> official statistics handbook,<br />
which will <strong>be</strong> available in digital format only<br />
on UEFA.com as from <strong>the</strong> start of <strong>the</strong> season.<br />
Statistics and o<strong>the</strong>r relevant content will <strong>be</strong><br />
updated after every matchday.<br />
Interviews and media days<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s must make every effort to provide interviews<br />
with managers/head coaches and players during<br />
<strong>the</strong> season.<br />
Coordinated requests will <strong>be</strong> made via UEFA for<br />
interviews to <strong>be</strong> used in printed publications, online<br />
and/or digital formats and UEFA’s TV channel.<br />
It is expected that such requests will <strong>be</strong> made<br />
once during <strong>the</strong> group stage and once during <strong>the</strong><br />
knockout stage, prior to <strong>the</strong> final. This coordinated<br />
activity is designed to ease <strong>the</strong> burden on clubs<br />
and allow UEFA to supply content to its media<br />
partners.<br />
Additional requests may also <strong>be</strong> made by UEFA<br />
on <strong>be</strong>half of <strong>the</strong> general media, as well as <strong>UEL</strong><br />
broadcasters. These requests will <strong>be</strong> made on<br />
an ad hoc basis. For <strong>the</strong> finalists, UEFA requests<br />
an open media day.<br />
UEFA.com<br />
UEFA’s official website is available in English,<br />
French, German, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese and<br />
Russian, as well as Chinese, Japanese and Korean.<br />
The website contains text and videos providing<br />
in-depth analysis, interviews and reports on UEFA’s<br />
competitions and activities, in accordance with<br />
UEFA’s editorial guidelines. It also provides official<br />
data on all UEFA’s competitions, coordinating all<br />
match statistics and offering live text, data and<br />
video content for all <strong>UEL</strong> matches via its match<br />
centre. With over 75 million visitors per year, <strong>the</strong><br />
website has extensive reach, both for UEFA and for<br />
participating clubs. It is supplemented by UEFA’s<br />
commitment to social media.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
126 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong>
12 CLUB ACTIVITIES<br />
12.1 MEDICAL REQUIREMENTS<br />
12.2 PLAYING KIT AND EQUIPMENT<br />
12.3 UEFA FLAGS<br />
12.4 BALLBOYS/GIRLS<br />
12.5 PITCH WATERING<br />
12.6 CLUB MASCOTS<br />
12.7 STADIUM TOURS<br />
12.8 SCOREBOARDS, VIDEOBOARDS AND<br />
INTERNAL STADIUM TV CHANNEL<br />
12.9 PUBLIC ADDRESS (PA) SYSTEM<br />
12.10 CLUB CHANNELS<br />
12.11 FILMING AND VIDEO ANALYSIS FOR<br />
TECHNICAL PURPOSES<br />
12.12 USE OF TECHNICAL DEVICES IN THE TECHNICAL AREA<br />
12.13 PUBLIC SCREENING<br />
12.<strong>14</strong> CLUB MEDIA RIGHTS<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18
12.1 MEDICAL REQUIREMENTS<br />
12<br />
CLUB ACTIVITIES<br />
In addition to <strong>the</strong> pre-match medical information<br />
requirements set out in <strong>the</strong> UEFA Medical<br />
Regulations (<strong>2013</strong> edition) that must <strong>be</strong> provided<br />
to <strong>the</strong> visiting club at least two weeks <strong>be</strong>fore each<br />
match, <strong>the</strong> home club must make sure that <strong>the</strong><br />
minimum medical requirements as defined in<br />
<strong>the</strong>se medical regulations are implemented on<br />
MD-1 and MD. These include, but are not limited<br />
to, <strong>the</strong> following points:<br />
• A qualified emergency doctor and a stretcher<br />
with two carriers must <strong>be</strong> present pitchside<br />
throughout MD-1 training session and <strong>the</strong> match.<br />
• A full range of emergency medical equipment<br />
must <strong>be</strong> present pitchside during <strong>the</strong> MD-1<br />
training session, <strong>the</strong> pre-match warm-up and<br />
<strong>the</strong> match. This includes:<br />
– an automated external defibrillator;<br />
– a spinal board (with side head supports<br />
and straps);<br />
– a fully equipped emergency medical bag with<br />
breathing, airway and circulation equipment,<br />
and emergency medication as detailed in <strong>the</strong><br />
UEFA Medical Regulations (<strong>2013</strong> edition).<br />
• As of MD, a medical room for <strong>the</strong> sole use of<br />
players, team officials, referees and match<br />
officers must <strong>be</strong> available and fully equipped<br />
with all <strong>the</strong> first aid material specified in <strong>the</strong><br />
UEFA Medical Regulations (<strong>2013</strong> edition).<br />
• A fully equipped advanced life support<br />
ambulance for <strong>the</strong> sole use of players, team<br />
officials, referees and match officers, staffed by<br />
at least one paramedic, must <strong>be</strong> positioned in<br />
an area of <strong>the</strong> stadium that <strong>be</strong>st permits quick<br />
egress from <strong>the</strong> pitch area and/or dressing<br />
rooms for emergency medical evacuation:<br />
– as of half an hour prior to MD-1 training and<br />
half an hour after it;<br />
– as of 90 minutes <strong>be</strong>fore <strong>the</strong> match up to 1<br />
hour after it.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
CLUB ACTIVITIES<br />
131
12.2 PLAYING KIT AND EQUIPMENT<br />
All kit items (shirt, shorts and socks) must comply with <strong>the</strong> UEFA Kit Regulations (2012 edition).<br />
Kit item<br />
Playing shirt<br />
Sponsorship<br />
logo<br />
• One logo<br />
(max.<br />
200cm 2 )<br />
• Front of shirt<br />
• Horizontally<br />
or vertically<br />
positioned<br />
• Letters max.<br />
10cm high<br />
Charity logo<br />
• Max. one<br />
logo in one of<br />
<strong>the</strong> following<br />
positions on<br />
<strong>the</strong> official<br />
playing shirt:<br />
a) as an alternative<br />
to <strong>the</strong> club<br />
name within<br />
<strong>the</strong> collar zone<br />
on <strong>the</strong> back<br />
of <strong>the</strong> shirt<br />
(max. 20cm 2 )<br />
b) as an alternative<br />
to <strong>the</strong> club<br />
name <strong>be</strong>low<br />
<strong>the</strong> num<strong>be</strong>r<br />
on <strong>the</strong> back<br />
of <strong>the</strong> shirt<br />
(maximum<br />
size 100cm 2 )<br />
c) in <strong>the</strong> space<br />
reserved for<br />
<strong>the</strong> main<br />
club sponsor,<br />
alone or in<br />
combination<br />
with a club<br />
sponsor logo<br />
(max. 200cm 2<br />
for combined<br />
logo)<br />
Manufacturer<br />
identification<br />
(MI)<br />
• One MI on chest<br />
(max. 20cm 2 )<br />
• One or more<br />
‘design marks’ on<br />
a band or max.<br />
8cm width in one<br />
of <strong>the</strong> following<br />
positions:<br />
• centred down<br />
outer seam of<br />
each sleeve,<br />
but excluding<br />
sleeve free zone<br />
• centred down<br />
outer seam<br />
of <strong>the</strong> shirt<br />
(armhole to<br />
bottom of shirt)<br />
• centred across<br />
<strong>the</strong> bottom of<br />
<strong>the</strong> sleeve (right<br />
and left sleeves)<br />
Playing shorts NO NO • One MI in any<br />
position on<br />
ei<strong>the</strong>r leg (max.<br />
20cm 2 )<br />
• One or more<br />
‘design marks’<br />
on band of max.<br />
8cm width on<br />
bottom edge or<br />
outer seam<br />
<strong>Club</strong> emblem<br />
• One emblem<br />
on front of<br />
shirt at chest<br />
height above<br />
sponsor<br />
lettering<br />
(max. 100cm 2 )<br />
• One emblem<br />
at <strong>the</strong> bottom<br />
of each single<br />
figure of <strong>the</strong><br />
player num<strong>be</strong>r<br />
(max. 5cm 2 )<br />
• All or part of<br />
club emblem<br />
once on back<br />
of shirt centred<br />
in collar zone<br />
(max. 12cm 2 )<br />
• One emblem<br />
on front of<br />
ei<strong>the</strong>r leg (max.<br />
50cm 2 )<br />
• One emblem<br />
at <strong>the</strong> bottom<br />
of each single<br />
figure of <strong>the</strong><br />
player num<strong>be</strong>r<br />
<strong>Club</strong> symbol<br />
<strong>Club</strong> name<br />
(including<br />
abbreviation)<br />
• One name on<br />
front of shirt<br />
in any position<br />
(max. 12cm 2 ,<br />
letters max.<br />
2cm high)<br />
• If no club<br />
emblem<br />
appears, club<br />
name may <strong>be</strong><br />
max. 100cm 2<br />
and 5cm high<br />
• One name<br />
within collar<br />
zone (max.<br />
12cm 2 , letters<br />
max. 2cm high)<br />
• One name on<br />
back of shirt<br />
<strong>be</strong>low num<strong>be</strong>r<br />
(letters max.<br />
7.5cm high)<br />
• One name<br />
anywhere on<br />
shorts (max.<br />
12cm 2 , letters<br />
max. 2cm high)<br />
• If no club<br />
emblem<br />
appears, club<br />
name may<br />
<strong>be</strong> max.<br />
50cm 2 , letters<br />
5cm high<br />
National<br />
symbol<br />
National flag or<br />
official national<br />
symbol<br />
• National flag<br />
must <strong>be</strong> used<br />
in geometrical<br />
form and<br />
correct<br />
proportions<br />
• One national<br />
symbol or flag<br />
on front of shirt<br />
at chest height<br />
(max. 100cm 2 )<br />
• One national<br />
symbol or flag<br />
on back of shirt<br />
above num<strong>be</strong>r<br />
(max. 25cm 2 )<br />
• National flag<br />
must <strong>be</strong> used<br />
in geometrical<br />
form and<br />
in correct<br />
proportions<br />
• One national<br />
symbol or flag<br />
on front of<br />
shorts (max.<br />
25cm 2 )<br />
Regional<br />
symbol<br />
Coat of arms<br />
or flag of town<br />
or region<br />
• If no national<br />
flag used:<br />
a) one regional<br />
symbol or flag<br />
on front of shirt<br />
(max. 25cm 2 )<br />
b) one regional<br />
symbol on back<br />
of shirt above<br />
num<strong>be</strong>r (max<br />
25cm 2 ) or if no<br />
club emblem in<br />
collar zone one<br />
symbol on back<br />
of shirt centred<br />
on collar zone<br />
(max 12cm 2 )<br />
• If no national<br />
flag used:<br />
a) one symbol on<br />
front of shorts<br />
(max. 25cm 2 )<br />
Kit item<br />
Sponsorship<br />
logo<br />
Charity logo<br />
Manufacturer<br />
identification<br />
(MI)<br />
Playing socks NO NO • One MI ei<strong>the</strong>r<br />
once (max.<br />
20cm2) or<br />
twice (max.<br />
10cm 2 each)<br />
horizontally<br />
<strong>be</strong>tween ankle<br />
and top edge<br />
of each sock<br />
• One or more<br />
‘design marks’<br />
on band of max.<br />
5cm width<br />
across top edge<br />
of each sock<br />
Goalkeeper gloves<br />
(<strong>the</strong>se may include<br />
goalkeeper’s name<br />
on each glove<br />
(letters max. 2cm<br />
high))<br />
NO NO • One MI in any<br />
position on<br />
each glove<br />
(max. 20cm 2 )<br />
• One quality seal or<br />
technology la<strong>be</strong>l<br />
(max. 10cm 2 )<br />
Goalkeeper cap NO NO • One MI in any<br />
position (max.<br />
20cm 2 )<br />
Hats/headbands NO NO • One MI in any<br />
position (max.<br />
20cm 2 )<br />
Thermal shorts/<br />
trousers, gloves,<br />
wristbands<br />
Undershirt (worn<br />
under playing<br />
shirt)<br />
NO NO • One MI in any<br />
position (max.<br />
20cm 2 )<br />
NO NO • Up to two MIs<br />
in any position,<br />
one on <strong>the</strong> front<br />
and one on <strong>the</strong><br />
back, but not<br />
within <strong>the</strong><br />
collar zone<br />
(max. 20cm 2 )<br />
<strong>Club</strong> emblem<br />
• All or part<br />
of <strong>the</strong> club<br />
emblem once<br />
on each sock<br />
in any position<br />
(max. 50cm 2 )<br />
<strong>Club</strong> symbol<br />
<strong>Club</strong> name<br />
(including<br />
abbreviation)<br />
• One name<br />
anywhere on<br />
each sock (max.<br />
12cm 2 , letters<br />
max. 2cm high)<br />
• If no club<br />
emblem<br />
appears, club<br />
name may <strong>be</strong><br />
max 50cm 2<br />
and 5cm high<br />
National<br />
symbol<br />
National flag or<br />
official national<br />
symbol<br />
• National flag<br />
must <strong>be</strong> used<br />
in geometrical<br />
form and<br />
in correct<br />
proportions<br />
• One national<br />
symbol or flag<br />
on each sock<br />
(max. 25cm 2 )<br />
NO NO • 1 national flag<br />
on each glove<br />
(max. 10cm 2 )<br />
• One club emblem<br />
or club name<br />
in any position<br />
(max. 50cm 2 )<br />
• One club emblem<br />
or club name<br />
in any position<br />
(max. 50cm 2 )<br />
• One club emblem<br />
or club name in<br />
any position (max<br />
50cm 2 )<br />
• One club emblem<br />
or club name in<br />
any position (max<br />
50cm 2 )<br />
• One national<br />
flag (max.<br />
10cm 2 )<br />
• One national<br />
flag (max.<br />
10cm 2 )<br />
Regional<br />
symbol<br />
Coat of arms<br />
or flag of town<br />
or region<br />
• If no national<br />
flag used:<br />
a) one symbol<br />
on each sock<br />
(max. 25cm 2 )<br />
NO<br />
NO<br />
NO<br />
NO NO NO NO<br />
• One emblem<br />
on front of shirt<br />
at chest height<br />
(max. 100cm 2 )<br />
• All or part of<br />
club emblem<br />
once on back<br />
of shirt centred<br />
in collar zone<br />
(max 12cm 2 )<br />
Captain’s armband NO NO NO • The word<br />
“captain” or an<br />
abbreviation<br />
<strong>the</strong>reof or<br />
emblem of club<br />
in any position<br />
Medical<br />
equipment<br />
(e.g.headguard,<br />
face mask)<br />
• One name on<br />
front of shirt<br />
in any position<br />
(max. 12cm 2 ,<br />
letters max. 2cm<br />
high)<br />
• If no club<br />
emblem appears,<br />
club name may<br />
<strong>be</strong> max. 100cm 2<br />
and 5cm high<br />
• One name within<br />
collar zone (max.<br />
12cm 2 , letters<br />
max. 2cm high)<br />
• One name on<br />
back of shirt<br />
(letters max<br />
7.5cm high)<br />
• National flag<br />
must <strong>be</strong> used<br />
in geometrical<br />
form and<br />
correct<br />
proportions<br />
• One national<br />
symbol or flag<br />
on back of shirt<br />
(max. 25cm 2 )<br />
• One national<br />
symbol or flag<br />
on front of shirt<br />
at chest height<br />
(max. 100cm 2 )<br />
NO NO NO<br />
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO<br />
• If no national<br />
flag used:<br />
a) one symbol on<br />
front of shirt<br />
(max. 25cm 2 )<br />
b) one symbol on<br />
back of shirt<br />
(max 25cm2)<br />
or if no club<br />
emblem in<br />
collar zone one<br />
symbol on back<br />
of shirt centred<br />
on collar zone<br />
(max 12cm 2 )<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
132 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
CLUB ACTIVITIES<br />
133
Shirt sponsorship<br />
O<strong>the</strong>r equipment<br />
From <strong>the</strong> knockout stage<br />
If <strong>the</strong> applicable national laws and/or regulations in<br />
<strong>the</strong> country of <strong>the</strong> home club prevent <strong>the</strong> visiting<br />
club from displaying its approved shirt sponsor<br />
on its playing kit, <strong>the</strong> visiting club may request<br />
UEFA approval to replace its shirt sponsor with<br />
a UEFA-endorsed programme (e.g. <strong>the</strong> Respect<br />
campaign) or with a charity, in compliance with<br />
Shirt sleeve badges<br />
From <strong>the</strong> group stage onwards, players must<br />
wear <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> competition logo badge on <strong>the</strong> right<br />
sleeve of <strong>the</strong>ir playing shirts, <strong>be</strong>tween <strong>the</strong> shoulder<br />
seam and <strong>the</strong> elbow. The reigning titleholder must<br />
wear <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> titleholder badge instead of <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong><br />
competition badge.<br />
UEFA requirements. Fur<strong>the</strong>rmore, a club may<br />
wear advertising for a product of its sponsor as<br />
long as this complies with <strong>the</strong> applicable national<br />
legislation and is approved by UEFA. Such requests<br />
must <strong>be</strong> submitted to <strong>the</strong> UEFA administration at<br />
least seven days <strong>be</strong>fore <strong>the</strong> match in question.<br />
Any item worn by players and club officials that is<br />
not part of <strong>the</strong> playing attire must comply with <strong>the</strong><br />
UEFA Kit Regulations (2012 edition).<br />
Use of sponsor on non-playing kit and<br />
equipment (Art. 19.17 <strong>UEL</strong> Competition<br />
Regulations <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong> Season)<br />
From <strong>the</strong> group stage<br />
• All items worn by players and club officials<br />
which do not form part of <strong>the</strong> playing attire<br />
(shirt, shorts and socks) must <strong>be</strong> free of sponsor<br />
advertising for any <strong>UEL</strong> media activities (in<br />
particular for interviews, press conferences and<br />
appearances in <strong>the</strong> mixed zone) on MD-1, and<br />
<strong>be</strong>fore and after <strong>the</strong> match.<br />
All items worn by players and club officials which<br />
do not form part of <strong>the</strong> playing attire (shirt, shorts<br />
and socks) must <strong>be</strong> free of sponsor advertising:<br />
• for any official training session on MD-1<br />
and <strong>be</strong>fore <strong>the</strong> match;<br />
• on MD from arrival at <strong>the</strong> stadium<br />
until departure from <strong>the</strong> stadium.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
From <strong>the</strong> group stage matches onwards, players<br />
must wear a Respect badge on <strong>the</strong> left sleeve<br />
of <strong>the</strong>ir playing shirts, <strong>be</strong>tween <strong>the</strong> shoulder<br />
seam and <strong>the</strong> elbow.<br />
The following elements must <strong>be</strong> taken into consideration:<br />
7<br />
8<br />
UEFA supplies clubs with 400 competition logo<br />
badges and 400 Respect badges prior to <strong>the</strong> start<br />
of <strong>the</strong> season. <strong>Club</strong>s that qualify for <strong>the</strong> knockout<br />
stage may request an additional 400 badges. These<br />
badges must only <strong>be</strong> used on players’ shirts and<br />
must not <strong>be</strong> resold or o<strong>the</strong>rwise commercialised.<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s may contact UEFA’s official licensee, Sporting<br />
iD (see section 18.2 for contact details), to purchase<br />
additional badges to <strong>be</strong> applied on replica shirts<br />
sold in official club outlets. The Respect badge may<br />
not <strong>be</strong> sold on replica shirts.<br />
Kit item<br />
Sponsorship<br />
logo<br />
Tracksuits, As per above<br />
restrictions<br />
training<br />
tops, t-shirts,<br />
jackets<br />
Charity logo<br />
NO<br />
Manufacturer<br />
identification<br />
(MI)<br />
• Max. five MIs<br />
(max. 20cm 2<br />
each)<br />
• One or more<br />
‘design marks’<br />
on no more than<br />
two bands of<br />
max. 8cm width<br />
and no longer<br />
than torso<br />
• Can <strong>be</strong> in any<br />
position on <strong>the</strong><br />
tops, except<br />
within collar<br />
zone where MI<br />
must <strong>be</strong> centred<br />
on <strong>the</strong> back of<br />
<strong>the</strong> outside<br />
<strong>Club</strong> emblem<br />
• One emblem<br />
on front at<br />
chest height<br />
(max. 100cm 2 )<br />
<strong>Club</strong> symbol<br />
• All or part<br />
of <strong>the</strong> club<br />
emblem once<br />
on back of tops<br />
centred in collar<br />
zone (max<br />
12cm 2 )<br />
<strong>Club</strong> name<br />
(including<br />
abbreviation)<br />
• One name<br />
of any size<br />
anywhere on<br />
tops<br />
National<br />
symbol<br />
National flag or<br />
official national<br />
symbol<br />
• National flag<br />
must <strong>be</strong> used<br />
in geometrical<br />
form and<br />
correct<br />
proportions<br />
• One symbol on<br />
front of top at<br />
chest height<br />
(max. 100cm 2 )<br />
• One national<br />
symbol or flage<br />
on back of tops<br />
above num<strong>be</strong>r<br />
(max. 25cm 2 )<br />
Regional<br />
symbol<br />
Coat of arms<br />
or flag of town<br />
or region<br />
• If no national<br />
flag used:<br />
a) one regional<br />
symbol on front<br />
of tops (max.<br />
25cm 2 )<br />
b) one regional<br />
symbol on back<br />
of shirt (max<br />
25cm 2 ) or if no<br />
club emblem in<br />
collar zone one<br />
symbol on back<br />
of shirt centred<br />
on collar zone<br />
(max 12cm 2 )<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
UEFA Europa League<br />
titleholder badge<br />
UEFA Europa League badge<br />
UEFA Respect badge<br />
134 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
CLUB ACTIVITIES<br />
135
Kit item<br />
Tracksuit<br />
bottoms,<br />
training<br />
bottoms,<br />
shorts<br />
Warm-up<br />
bibs<br />
Sponsorship<br />
logo<br />
As per above<br />
restrictions<br />
Charity logo<br />
NO<br />
Manufacturer<br />
identification<br />
(MI)<br />
• Max. five MI<br />
(max. 20cm 2<br />
each)<br />
• One or more<br />
“design marks”<br />
on no more than<br />
two bands of<br />
max. 8cm width<br />
and no longer<br />
than trousers<br />
NO NO • Up to two MIs<br />
of <strong>the</strong> same<br />
kind in any<br />
position, one<br />
on <strong>the</strong> front<br />
and one on<br />
<strong>the</strong> back (max.<br />
20cm 2 each)<br />
<strong>Club</strong> emblem<br />
<strong>Club</strong> symbol<br />
<strong>Club</strong> name<br />
(including<br />
abbreviation)<br />
• One emblem • One name<br />
on front of of any size<br />
ei<strong>the</strong>r leg (max. anywhere on<br />
50cm 2 )<br />
bottoms/shorts<br />
National<br />
symbol<br />
National flag or<br />
official national<br />
symbol<br />
• National flag<br />
must <strong>be</strong> used<br />
in geometrical<br />
form and<br />
in correct<br />
proportions<br />
• One symbol<br />
on front of<br />
bottoms/shorts<br />
(max. 25cm 2 )<br />
NO NO NO NO<br />
Regional<br />
symbol<br />
Coat of arms<br />
or flag of town<br />
or region<br />
• If no national<br />
flag used: one<br />
symbol on front<br />
of bottoms/<br />
shorts (max.<br />
25cm 2 )<br />
O<strong>the</strong>r equipment<br />
From <strong>the</strong> group stage<br />
UEFA will provide each club with an appropriate<br />
num<strong>be</strong>r of <strong>UEL</strong> warm-up bibs (in four different<br />
colours) for <strong>UEL</strong> matches. <strong>Club</strong>s are requested to<br />
ensure that <strong>the</strong>ir players use <strong>the</strong>se bibs throughout<br />
<strong>the</strong> season at official training sessions, when<br />
warming up <strong>be</strong>fore or during matches and during<br />
<strong>the</strong> post-match warm-down, for <strong>the</strong> duration<br />
of <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> season.<br />
From <strong>the</strong> knockout stage<br />
O<strong>the</strong>r equipment items used in connection with<br />
<strong>the</strong> matches (including all official training sessions<br />
and media events) such as kit bags and drinks<br />
containers must <strong>be</strong> free of any sponsor advertising<br />
or manufacturer identification unless instructed<br />
o<strong>the</strong>rwise by UEFA in writing.<br />
UEFA supplies clubs with official <strong>UEL</strong> medical bags<br />
and drink containers prior to <strong>the</strong>ir first knockout<br />
stage match, which clubs are requested to use for<br />
<strong>the</strong> rest of <strong>the</strong> competition.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
Ballboys/<br />
girls, flag<br />
<strong>be</strong>arers, etc.<br />
Player escort<br />
kits<br />
NO NO Same restrictions<br />
as for tracksuits<br />
Same restrictions<br />
as for tracksuits<br />
Same restrictions<br />
as for tracksuits<br />
Same restrictions as for shirt, shorts and socks of playing attire<br />
Same restrictions<br />
as for tracksuits<br />
Same restrictions<br />
as for tracksuits<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
Medical bag<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
Water bottles<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
Warm-up bibs<br />
136 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
CLUB ACTIVITIES<br />
137
12.3 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE, UEFA AND RESPECT FLAGS<br />
12.4 BALLBOYS/GIRLS<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s are requested to fly <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League, UEFA and Respect flags (from <strong>the</strong> left in that order),<br />
on matchday. Subject to UEFA approval, clubs may also fly club and national flags in addition<br />
to <strong>the</strong>se UEFA flags.<br />
The following flag sizes are made available to <strong>the</strong> club. These will <strong>be</strong> distributed on site,<br />
prior to <strong>the</strong> first MD at <strong>the</strong> venue.<br />
Flag Size 1 Size 2<br />
UEFA Europa League flag 180 x 240cm 270 x 420cm<br />
UEFA flag 180 x 240cm 270 x 420cm<br />
Respect flag 180 x 240cm 270 x 420cm<br />
The home club must supply ballboys/girls for each<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> match who must <strong>be</strong> appropriately trained and<br />
capable of performing <strong>the</strong> task. They should also<br />
comply with UEFA’s instructions and remain <strong>be</strong>hind<br />
<strong>the</strong> advertising boards unless collecting a ball.<br />
12.5 PITCH WATERING<br />
Pitch watering<br />
The schedule for pitch watering on matchday<br />
up until 60 minutes <strong>be</strong>fore kick-off must <strong>be</strong><br />
communicated by <strong>the</strong> home club at <strong>the</strong><br />
organisational meeting.<br />
• Additional pitch watering after this time<br />
may take place at <strong>the</strong> following times.<br />
Kick-off time<br />
(CET)<br />
Pitch watering<br />
19.00 18.50 - 18.55 Half-time (for no<br />
longer than five<br />
21.05 20.55 - 21.00 minutes)<br />
Such additional pitch watering may only take<br />
place if this has <strong>be</strong>en agreed at <strong>the</strong> organisational<br />
meeting (or later on) by both clubs and <strong>the</strong> referee.<br />
• The referee is always entitled to request changes<br />
to <strong>the</strong> schedule.<br />
• The whole pitch must <strong>be</strong> watered evenly.<br />
• All pitch watering must <strong>be</strong> considerate of o<strong>the</strong>r<br />
activities taking place at matches, such as <strong>the</strong><br />
centre circle ceremony and pitch repairs, as well<br />
as broadcasting equipment situated around<br />
<strong>the</strong> pitch.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
138 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
CLUB ACTIVITIES<br />
139
12.6 CLUB MASCOTS<br />
12.8 SCOREBOARDS, VIDEOBOARDS AND<br />
THE INTERNAL STADIUM TV CHANNEL<br />
For <strong>the</strong> purpose of this section, a club mascot<br />
is a person dressed up in a costume in <strong>the</strong> club’s<br />
colours acting as a club’s “lucky charm”. The use<br />
of a mascot must <strong>be</strong> discussed and agreed at <strong>the</strong><br />
club meeting. The following guidelines apply.<br />
• Mascots (in costumes) may only <strong>be</strong> slightly<br />
larger than a normal person.<br />
• Mascots should preferably wear <strong>the</strong> club’s<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> kit, but may also wear <strong>the</strong> team’s normal<br />
kit as long as <strong>the</strong> sponsor on <strong>the</strong> shirt is <strong>the</strong><br />
same and conforms to <strong>the</strong> UEFA Kit Regulations<br />
(2012 edition). No branding o<strong>the</strong>r than<br />
<strong>the</strong> club’s shirt sponsor and manufacturer<br />
identification may <strong>be</strong> visible.<br />
• Mascots may not enter <strong>the</strong> playing area of <strong>the</strong><br />
pitch; <strong>the</strong>y must walk or run around <strong>the</strong> sides,<br />
running track, etc.<br />
• Mascots may <strong>be</strong> visible:<br />
– <strong>be</strong>fore <strong>the</strong> match (until five minutes<br />
<strong>be</strong>fore kick-off);<br />
– during half-time;<br />
– after <strong>the</strong> match.<br />
12.7 STADIUM TOURS<br />
Between MD-2 and MD+1 (inclusive), stadium<br />
tours can happen in a stadium hosting a UEFA<br />
Europa League match but no access shall <strong>be</strong> given<br />
to broadcaster areas, signage areas, or any zones<br />
where UEFA and/or any third party acting on <strong>be</strong>half<br />
of UEFA carry out work for <strong>the</strong> preparation and/or<br />
organisation of <strong>the</strong> upcoming<br />
UEFA Europa League match. Such zones are<br />
defined by UEFA and notified to <strong>the</strong> club<br />
accordingly. Any o<strong>the</strong>r area remains free to host<br />
stadium tour subject to <strong>the</strong> following conditions:<br />
• On an exceptional basis, mascots may appear<br />
in <strong>the</strong> team photo (if approved by UEFA).<br />
• Mascots may not <strong>be</strong> visible during <strong>the</strong> match.<br />
• Mascots may not stay in <strong>the</strong> technical area,<br />
including <strong>the</strong> players’ tunnel.<br />
• Mascots may not interfere with a broadcast<br />
production.<br />
• Mascots may only move in <strong>the</strong> areas agreed<br />
<strong>be</strong>tween UEFA and <strong>the</strong> club.<br />
• <strong>the</strong> stadium tour is under <strong>the</strong> entire<br />
responsibility of <strong>the</strong> club and <strong>the</strong> club shall<br />
hold UEFA harmless for any claim relating<br />
directly or indirectly to such stadium tour;<br />
• any person taking part to such stadium tour shall<br />
release UEFA from any responsibility in relation<br />
to such stadium tour.<br />
Stadiums with videoboards should use <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong><br />
branding, including <strong>the</strong> presenting sponsor logo,<br />
as provided in <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League club toolkit<br />
<strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong> and UEFA Europa League Brand <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s must also use this design if <strong>the</strong> videoboard is<br />
not part of <strong>the</strong> exclusive area. In addition, <strong>the</strong> club<br />
ensures that any scoreboards, videoboards and <strong>the</strong><br />
internal stadium TV channel are fully available to<br />
display match information such as teams’ line ups<br />
(including scores from o<strong>the</strong>r matches), goal scores,<br />
yellow and red cards, substitutions, time played<br />
and minimum amount of additional time decided<br />
by <strong>the</strong> referee.<br />
• <strong>Club</strong>s must allocate two blocks of three minutes<br />
each <strong>be</strong>fore <strong>the</strong> match and one block of three<br />
minutes during <strong>the</strong> half-time break for UEFA and<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier partners’ promotions and<br />
adverts on videoboards and <strong>the</strong> internal stadium<br />
TV channel (and PA system). These blocks will <strong>be</strong><br />
used for any UEFA-endorsed campaigns through<br />
<strong>the</strong> season and for <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier<br />
partners’ messages.<br />
– The first pre-match block must start 25<br />
minutes <strong>be</strong>fore kick-off.<br />
– The second pre-match block must start three<br />
minutes <strong>be</strong>fore <strong>the</strong> UEFA welcome message.<br />
– The half-time block must start no later than<br />
two minutes after <strong>the</strong> referee has ended<br />
<strong>the</strong> first half and <strong>be</strong>fore any club adverts.<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s are obliged to assist with <strong>the</strong> implementation<br />
and set-up of <strong>the</strong>se promotions.<br />
The club must provide UEFA with a running order for<br />
<strong>the</strong>ir scoreboards, videoboards and internal stadium<br />
TV channel by MD-2. In addition to <strong>the</strong> above, <strong>the</strong><br />
club should adhere to <strong>the</strong> following principles.<br />
• <strong>Club</strong>s must use <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> logo, <strong>the</strong> presenting<br />
sponsor logo and brand elements <strong>be</strong>fore, during<br />
(including half-time) and after <strong>the</strong> match, without<br />
creating any third-party association with <strong>the</strong><br />
UEFA Europa League. If a club is allowed to show<br />
a club partner advert, according to <strong>the</strong> guidelines<br />
in this section, it should not use <strong>the</strong>se elements.<br />
• During <strong>the</strong> match itself, no coverage may <strong>be</strong><br />
shown apart from replays, which may only <strong>be</strong><br />
shown while <strong>the</strong> ball is out of play and/or during<br />
half-time or <strong>the</strong> break for extra time (if any).<br />
Such replays may only <strong>be</strong> shown as long as <strong>the</strong><br />
club has obtained permission from UEFA and<br />
any relevant local authorities.<br />
• Replays may not feature <strong>the</strong> following:<br />
– images that may have an impact on <strong>the</strong><br />
playing of <strong>the</strong> match;<br />
– controversial action (such as offside<br />
situations, fouls or o<strong>the</strong>r unfair play) which<br />
could encourage or incite any form of crowd<br />
disorder;<br />
– any public disorder, civil diso<strong>be</strong>dience or<br />
commercial and/or offensive material in <strong>the</strong><br />
crowd or on <strong>the</strong> pitch;<br />
– any footage which may <strong>be</strong> deemed to<br />
criticise, undermine or damage <strong>the</strong> reputation,<br />
standing or authority of any player, match<br />
official and/or any o<strong>the</strong>r party at <strong>the</strong> stadium.<br />
• Cabling from <strong>the</strong> HB van to <strong>the</strong> videoboard<br />
control room must <strong>be</strong> organised and paid for<br />
by <strong>the</strong> club.<br />
• Subject to UEFA approval, clubs are permitted to<br />
show a goal celebration clip on <strong>the</strong> videoboard<br />
(in <strong>the</strong> same way that <strong>the</strong>y are permitted to<br />
play a goal jingle on <strong>the</strong> PA system as set out in<br />
section 12.9) as long as this is not specifically<br />
linked to any commercial entity, club or player.<br />
Such clips must <strong>be</strong> celebratory in nature and<br />
must not in any way make reference to fans<br />
of <strong>the</strong> visiting club.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
<strong>14</strong>0 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
CLUB ACTIVITIES<br />
<strong>14</strong>1
Fan TV<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s may deliver live pre-match and half-time<br />
productions, including interviews and presentations,<br />
to <strong>be</strong> broadcast on stadium videoboards or internal<br />
stadium TV channels, but <strong>the</strong> production company<br />
must work to <strong>the</strong> same guidelines and is subject to<br />
<strong>the</strong> same approval process as any <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster;<br />
<strong>the</strong> latter retains priority.<br />
• No activities are allowed on <strong>the</strong> pitch.<br />
• Fan TV promotions (magic camera, games,<br />
etc.) are only allowed until <strong>the</strong> players walk out<br />
of <strong>the</strong> tunnel.<br />
• Fan TV production companies should attend<br />
<strong>the</strong> relevant TV meetings scheduled during<br />
matchweek.<br />
• It is forbidden for cameras working for fan<br />
TV operations to film during <strong>the</strong> match.<br />
The overview <strong>be</strong>low clarifies chronologically<br />
<strong>the</strong> principles related to <strong>the</strong> use of scoreboards<br />
and videoboards.<br />
For <strong>the</strong> group stage and <strong>the</strong> knockout stage, <strong>the</strong><br />
following must <strong>be</strong> displayed on <strong>the</strong> videoboard.<br />
On scoreboard/videoboard<br />
Group/knockout stage above first tier<br />
Knockout stage in exclusive area<br />
Commercial Feeds and graphics Commercial Feeds and graphics<br />
From stadium opening until 25 minutes <strong>be</strong>fore kick-off<br />
No restrictions – Multilateral feed<br />
– Fan TV feed and videos<br />
– All graphics<br />
Max. six non-<strong>UEL</strong> partner<br />
competitive messages, where<br />
each club partner has one<br />
– Multilateral feed<br />
– Fan TV feed and videos<br />
– All graphics<br />
commercial message lasting<br />
no more than 30 secs.<br />
From 25 minutes <strong>be</strong>fore kick-off until players walk out<br />
No restrictions<br />
From players’ walk-out until kick-off<br />
Only <strong>UEL</strong> logo,<br />
presenting sponsor<br />
logo and <strong>UEL</strong><br />
brand elements<br />
During match<br />
Only <strong>UEL</strong> logo,<br />
presenting sponsor<br />
logo and <strong>UEL</strong><br />
brand elements<br />
– Multilateral feed<br />
– Fan TV feed and videos<br />
– Match-related graphics<br />
– <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier<br />
promotional adverts<br />
(two blocks of three minutes)<br />
– Multilateral feed<br />
– Match score graphic<br />
– Match graphics<br />
– Non-controversial replays<br />
and goal clips<br />
– <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier<br />
promotional adverts (one block<br />
of three minutes at half-time)<br />
Only <strong>UEL</strong> partner and<br />
non-commercial content<br />
may <strong>be</strong> shown<br />
Only <strong>UEL</strong> logo, presenting<br />
sponsor logo and <strong>UEL</strong> brand<br />
elements<br />
Only <strong>UEL</strong> logo, presenting<br />
sponsor logo and <strong>UEL</strong> brand<br />
elements<br />
– Multilateral feed<br />
– Fan TV feed and videos<br />
– Match-related graphics<br />
– <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier<br />
promotional adverts<br />
(two blocks of three minutes)<br />
– Multilateral feed<br />
– Match score graphic<br />
– Match graphics<br />
– Non-controversial replays<br />
and goal clips<br />
– <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier<br />
promotional adverts (one block<br />
of three minutes at half-time)<br />
12.9 PUBLIC ADDRESS (PA) SYSTEM<br />
• During <strong>the</strong> match <strong>the</strong> PA system may only <strong>be</strong><br />
used for announcements requested by <strong>the</strong><br />
referee or local security authorities, as well as for<br />
announcements related to <strong>the</strong> match limited to<br />
scorers, substitutions, stadium attendance and<br />
<strong>the</strong> minimum additional time decided by <strong>the</strong><br />
referee. As of <strong>the</strong> knockout stage, <strong>the</strong> PA system<br />
may not <strong>be</strong> used for commercial messages, with<br />
<strong>the</strong> exception of <strong>UEL</strong> partners’ competitions and<br />
promotions.<br />
• The scores of o<strong>the</strong>r matches on matchnight<br />
must not <strong>be</strong> announced over <strong>the</strong> PA system<br />
while <strong>the</strong> match is <strong>be</strong>ing played (although <strong>the</strong>y<br />
may <strong>be</strong> displayed on scoreboards, videoboards<br />
and <strong>the</strong> internal stadium TV channel). Such<br />
announcements must <strong>be</strong> restricted to <strong>the</strong><br />
half-time break and <strong>the</strong> end of <strong>the</strong> match.<br />
• <strong>Club</strong>s may only play club-specific songs <strong>be</strong>fore<br />
<strong>the</strong> players emerge from <strong>the</strong> tunnel, at half-time<br />
or after <strong>the</strong> match. UEFA will play official <strong>UEL</strong><br />
walk-on music to accompany <strong>the</strong> players as <strong>the</strong>y<br />
walk from <strong>the</strong> tunnel into <strong>the</strong> lineup position<br />
and will play <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> an<strong>the</strong>m to accompany <strong>the</strong><br />
players’ lineup.<br />
• A non-commercial jingle lasting no longer than<br />
15 seconds may <strong>be</strong> played when a goal is scored,<br />
subject to approval by UEFA. No jingle can <strong>be</strong><br />
played during <strong>the</strong> match for goals scored at<br />
o<strong>the</strong>r matches.<br />
• The volume of <strong>the</strong> PA system must <strong>be</strong> fixed<br />
to a level that does not disturb <strong>the</strong> activities<br />
of <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters.<br />
• The club arranges for personnel to operate<br />
<strong>the</strong> PA system at <strong>the</strong> times requested by<br />
UEFA, including rehearsals on <strong>the</strong> days prior<br />
to <strong>the</strong> match.<br />
• The club is responsible for obtaining<br />
any necessary clearances for <strong>the</strong> playing<br />
of incidental music over <strong>the</strong> PA system<br />
in a broadcast and fixed media environment.<br />
• As of <strong>the</strong> group stage, no references to<br />
commercial entities are permitted over <strong>the</strong><br />
PA system as <strong>the</strong> teams walk out and during<br />
<strong>the</strong> match.<br />
• As of <strong>the</strong> knockout stage, <strong>the</strong> PA system may<br />
no longer <strong>be</strong> used for commercial messages<br />
with <strong>the</strong> exception of:<br />
– competitions and promotions for<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier partners;<br />
– <strong>the</strong> audio feed related to <strong>the</strong> six non-<strong>UEL</strong><br />
partner competitive commercial messages<br />
on <strong>the</strong> videoboards, as displayed in <strong>the</strong> table<br />
on page <strong>14</strong>2.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
Half-time and after <strong>the</strong> match<br />
No restrictions – Multilateral feed<br />
– Fan TV feed and videos<br />
– Highlights<br />
– Match-related graphics<br />
– <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier<br />
promotional adverts (one block<br />
of three minutes at half-time)<br />
Only <strong>UEL</strong> logo, presenting<br />
sponsor logo and <strong>UEL</strong> brand<br />
elements<br />
– Multilateral feed<br />
– Fan TV feed and videos<br />
– Highlights<br />
– Match-related graphics<br />
– <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier<br />
promotional adverts (one block<br />
of three minutes at half-time)<br />
17<br />
18<br />
<strong>14</strong>2 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
CLUB ACTIVITIES<br />
<strong>14</strong>3
12.10 CLUB CHANNELS 12.11 FILMING AND VIDEO ANALYSIS<br />
FOR TECHNICAL PURPOSES<br />
<strong>Club</strong> channels are classed as non-rights-holding<br />
broadcasters and must <strong>be</strong> treated as such.<br />
This means that <strong>the</strong>y are only allowed access<br />
to <strong>the</strong> following activities:<br />
• official training sessions for as long as <strong>the</strong>y<br />
are open to <strong>the</strong> media (minimum 15 minutes);<br />
• pre-match press conferences on MD-1<br />
• post-match press conferences<br />
• <strong>the</strong> mixed zone (with live facilities if required,<br />
subject to safety restrictions).<br />
ENG cameras <strong>be</strong>longing to club channels will<br />
<strong>be</strong> stored toge<strong>the</strong>r with ENG cameras of nonrights-holding<br />
broadcasters. On matchdays, club<br />
channels are not allowed to film inside <strong>the</strong> stadium<br />
until after <strong>the</strong> final whistle, when cameras will <strong>be</strong><br />
released from storage.<br />
In addition, club channels must:<br />
• attend TV meetings with UEFA;<br />
• provide UEFA with complete production<br />
plans by MD-5;<br />
• observe any guidelines issued by UEFA;<br />
• not <strong>be</strong> given exclusive access to closed<br />
training sessions;<br />
• film training sessions from <strong>the</strong> same location<br />
as o<strong>the</strong>r media and not <strong>be</strong> a privileged filming<br />
position or access;<br />
• not “reserve” any mem<strong>be</strong>rs of <strong>the</strong> playing<br />
or coaching staff for exclusive club<br />
channel interviews.<br />
Studio presentations<br />
A home club channel with an established studio<br />
within <strong>the</strong> stadium is permitted to use presentation<br />
facilities on matchnights provided that:<br />
• <strong>the</strong> studio is not required for <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters<br />
or o<strong>the</strong>r <strong>UEL</strong> activities;<br />
• <strong>the</strong> studio does not have a view of <strong>the</strong> pitch,<br />
dressing rooms or <strong>the</strong> mixed zone and is<br />
enclosed or self-contained;<br />
• studio interviewees are limited to guests not<br />
directly involved in <strong>the</strong> match (former players,<br />
VIP guests, etc.).<br />
Those directly involved in <strong>the</strong> match may act as<br />
studio guests for club channels once it is over,<br />
provided all <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters and o<strong>the</strong>r non-rightsholding<br />
broadcasters’ privileges (flash interviews,<br />
studio interviews, press conferences and mixed<br />
zone activities) have <strong>be</strong>en fully respected.<br />
Cameras and o<strong>the</strong>r equipment may not <strong>be</strong><br />
used outside <strong>the</strong> studio, with <strong>the</strong> exception<br />
of <strong>the</strong> facilities agreed with UEFA for coverage<br />
of press conferences and <strong>the</strong> mixed zone.<br />
Visiting club channels<br />
Channels affiliated to visiting clubs:<br />
• are classed as non-rights-holding broadcasters<br />
and subject to <strong>the</strong> same restrictions as home<br />
club channels;<br />
• must share <strong>the</strong> same studio facilities<br />
as <strong>the</strong> home club channel;<br />
• may access <strong>the</strong> OB van area and commentary<br />
position area only if space is available.<br />
Commentary positions<br />
In principle, club channels are not entitled to<br />
a commentary position in <strong>the</strong> area reserved for <strong>UEL</strong><br />
broadcasters and <strong>UEL</strong> service providers. However,<br />
should a spare position <strong>be</strong> available once all <strong>the</strong><br />
above have <strong>be</strong>en allocated, club channels may<br />
<strong>be</strong> offered one position on an exceptional basis.<br />
Video analysis and filming are only permitted for<br />
technical purposes (i.e. for analysis by <strong>the</strong> coaching<br />
staff) and subject to UEFA instructions and/or<br />
guidelines. <strong>Club</strong>s should inform UEFA about <strong>the</strong><br />
intended use of such filming or video analysis,<br />
and this is to <strong>be</strong> approved in advance by UEFA.<br />
Approval may <strong>be</strong> granted to clubs in one of two<br />
forms:<br />
1. <strong>Club</strong>s may film and record matches in which<br />
<strong>the</strong>y are participating (both home and away)<br />
subject to:<br />
• UEFA’s authorisation;<br />
• <strong>the</strong> availability of <strong>the</strong> space required<br />
on a match-by-match basis;<br />
• <strong>the</strong> relevant request <strong>be</strong>ing received by <strong>the</strong><br />
Friday prior to <strong>the</strong> relevant matchweek.<br />
12.12 USE OF TECHNICAL DEVICES<br />
IN THE TECHNICAL AREA<br />
In order to enforce respect for <strong>the</strong> Laws of<br />
<strong>the</strong> Game, notably of <strong>the</strong> provisions forbidding<br />
people listed on <strong>the</strong> match sheet to have access<br />
to TV footage during matches, <strong>the</strong> following<br />
guidelines apply:<br />
• technical devices may not <strong>be</strong> used to<br />
establish direct contact with people outside<br />
<strong>the</strong> technical area;<br />
• computers are allowed, as long as <strong>the</strong>y are not<br />
used online for <strong>the</strong> purpose descri<strong>be</strong>d above;<br />
2. <strong>Club</strong>s may ask for a video feed (main camera<br />
or multi-feed) in <strong>the</strong> flash interview area or<br />
commentary area, subject to:<br />
• UEFA’s authorisation;<br />
• <strong>the</strong> availability of <strong>the</strong> space required on<br />
a match-by-match basis;<br />
• <strong>the</strong> relevant request <strong>be</strong>ing received by <strong>the</strong><br />
Friday prior to <strong>the</strong> relevant matchweek;<br />
• <strong>the</strong> host broadcaster <strong>be</strong>ing able to provide<br />
such a service;<br />
• payment of up to €300 in technical costs<br />
to <strong>the</strong> host broadcaster.<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s may also film and record <strong>the</strong> official training<br />
sessions on MD-1. During such training sessions<br />
<strong>the</strong> filming crew will <strong>be</strong> treated in <strong>the</strong> same way<br />
as o<strong>the</strong>r representatives of <strong>the</strong> media (e.g. as<br />
far as filming position or duration is concerned).<br />
• walkie-talkies may only <strong>be</strong> used <strong>be</strong>tween<br />
<strong>the</strong> team doctor and <strong>the</strong> substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nch<br />
to communicate if a player is <strong>be</strong>ing treated<br />
on <strong>the</strong> pitch.<br />
The above prohibition covers <strong>the</strong> whole technical<br />
area, as well as <strong>the</strong> five additional technical seats.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
<strong>14</strong>4 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
CLUB ACTIVITIES<br />
<strong>14</strong>5
12.13 PUBLIC SCREENING<br />
Access to footage and signals<br />
In order to exploit <strong>the</strong>ir audiovisual rights, clubs<br />
may access <strong>the</strong>ir home and/or away match footage<br />
and signals as follows:<br />
Simultaneous transmissions on giant viewing<br />
screens outside <strong>the</strong> stadium are only allowed<br />
with <strong>the</strong> authorisation of:<br />
• UEFA;<br />
• <strong>the</strong> live <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster in <strong>the</strong> territory<br />
of <strong>the</strong> screening;<br />
• <strong>the</strong> relevant public authorities.<br />
In order to hold a public screening, a club must<br />
obtain an appropriate licence from UEFA at least<br />
five working days in advance. If a club is aware<br />
of any o<strong>the</strong>r public screening, it should inform<br />
UEFA immediately.<br />
• through tape dubbing from <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />
tape library;<br />
• by accessing to <strong>the</strong> international feed via<br />
UEFA’s designated satellite provider in Europe.<br />
The above options are subject to payment of<br />
associated technical costs and, where applicable,<br />
to conclusion of a service level agreement.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
12.<strong>14</strong> CLUB MEDIA RIGHTS<br />
As a result of <strong>the</strong> settlement negotiated <strong>be</strong>tween<br />
UEFA and <strong>the</strong> European Commission, <strong>the</strong> “core”<br />
audiovisual rights will <strong>be</strong> exploited on an exclusive<br />
basis by UEFA. However, <strong>the</strong> settlement also<br />
provides that certain rights – notably non-live<br />
audiovisual rights and live audio rights – will <strong>be</strong><br />
exploited jointly by UEFA and <strong>the</strong> clubs.<br />
Overall media rights concept<br />
A brief overview of <strong>the</strong> media rights available for<br />
exploitation by clubs is set out <strong>be</strong>low. Full details<br />
of <strong>the</strong> principles of exploitation of certain <strong>UEL</strong><br />
media rights by clubs can <strong>be</strong> found in Annex VII<br />
of <strong>the</strong> Regulations of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League<br />
<strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong>. For fur<strong>the</strong>r information, clubs should<br />
contact <strong>the</strong>ir UEFA venue team in <strong>the</strong> first instance<br />
or clubvideo@uefa.ch for queries regarding club<br />
media rights.<br />
Audiovisual<br />
• In recognition of <strong>the</strong> convergence of<br />
technologies via which audiovisual content may<br />
<strong>be</strong> distributed, UEFA has licensed <strong>the</strong> audiovisual<br />
content for <strong>the</strong> 2012 -15 commercial cycle<br />
using a “platform-neutral” approach. This means<br />
that a <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster that has acquired<br />
<strong>the</strong> audiovisual rights to <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa<br />
League may broadcast <strong>the</strong> relevant footage<br />
via television, internet and/or mobile devices.<br />
A list of all <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters is available from<br />
UEFA upon request.<br />
• In principle, UEFA will license <strong>the</strong> live rights to<br />
all matches, which means that <strong>the</strong>se rights are<br />
not available for club exploitation. However,<br />
clubs may exploit certain non-live rights (clips,<br />
highlights and/or footage of entire matches) and<br />
fixed-media rights (e.g. DVD, CD-ROM) to <strong>the</strong>ir<br />
home and away matches. As referred to above,<br />
fur<strong>the</strong>r information is set out in Annex VII of<br />
<strong>the</strong> Regulations of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League<br />
<strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong>.<br />
Audio<br />
• UEFA may exploit audio rights for <strong>UEL</strong> matches<br />
and clubs will <strong>be</strong> informed of <strong>the</strong> media<br />
partners to whom UEFA has granted audio<br />
rights. These media partners must <strong>be</strong> provided<br />
with appropriate technical facilities and a<br />
commentary position free of charge if requested<br />
– clubs may not charge <strong>the</strong>se media partners<br />
any fee.<br />
• In addition, clubs may exploit live and delayed<br />
audio rights (including internet audio rights) to<br />
<strong>the</strong>ir home matches (excluding <strong>the</strong> final) on a<br />
non-exclusive basis. Fur<strong>the</strong>r details of this are set<br />
out in Annex VII of <strong>the</strong> Regulations of <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />
Europa League <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong>.<br />
For more details on <strong>the</strong> above possibilities, clubs<br />
are invited to contact <strong>the</strong>ir venue team in <strong>the</strong><br />
first instance. Alternatively, clubs can enter into<br />
an arrangement with a <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster in <strong>the</strong>ir<br />
territory. <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters are under no obligation<br />
to provide this service and any relevant technical<br />
and dispatch costs must <strong>be</strong> borne by <strong>the</strong> clubs.<br />
UEFA Europa League material<br />
The UEFA Europa League has not only established<br />
itself as a successful competition and commercial<br />
concept, but also as a highly prestigious brand. The<br />
brand elements include <strong>the</strong> tournament name, core<br />
brand identity (logo, trophy, font, colour palette),<br />
on-air and off-air visual identities and music.<br />
UEFA is entrusted to protect and enhance <strong>the</strong><br />
value of <strong>the</strong> competition, <strong>the</strong> commercial concept<br />
and <strong>the</strong> brand. As such, and in line with <strong>the</strong> rights<br />
granted to <strong>the</strong>m for specific products, clubs have<br />
only limited rights to use any UEFA Europa League<br />
material (only as authorised by UEFA regulations<br />
and brand manual) and have no right to use <strong>the</strong><br />
image of <strong>the</strong> official match ball. No commercial<br />
association whatsoever is allowed <strong>be</strong>tween a third<br />
party and <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League or <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />
Europa League material (as referred to in section<br />
16). The club’s official website and any wireless<br />
offering must also adhere to <strong>the</strong>se guidelines.<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
<strong>14</strong>6 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
CLUB ACTIVITIES<br />
<strong>14</strong>7
13 ACCESS AND ACCREDITATION<br />
13.1 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE ACCREDITATION SYSTEM<br />
13.2 MEDIA ACCESS RIGHTS AND ACCREDITATION<br />
PROCEDURES<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18
General<br />
13<br />
ACCESS AND ACCREDITATION<br />
Part of <strong>the</strong> centralised approach of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League is a single accreditation system for <strong>the</strong><br />
whole competition. This system will <strong>be</strong> implemented in parallel with <strong>the</strong> club’s existing accreditation<br />
system with <strong>the</strong> exception of <strong>the</strong> technical area, <strong>the</strong> pitch and broadcaster-specific areas, where only<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> accreditation will <strong>be</strong> implemented.<br />
13.1 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />
ACCREDITATION SYSTEM<br />
The colour-coded <strong>UEL</strong> accreditation system, consisting of <strong>the</strong> various devices set out <strong>be</strong>low,<br />
will <strong>be</strong> implemented at all <strong>UEL</strong> matches from <strong>the</strong> group stage onwards.<br />
Accreditation cards Access areas Distributed to<br />
Blue<br />
– All areas except pitch, dressing<br />
rooms, club VIP hospitality<br />
– Does not allow seat in stadium,<br />
except for commentators<br />
in commentary area<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster staff<br />
UEFA service staff<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
Green<br />
– All areas except dressing rooms,<br />
club VIP hospitality<br />
– Distribution subject<br />
to UEFA approval<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster staff<br />
<strong>Club</strong> technical staff<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
Red<br />
– All areas (including<br />
dressing rooms)<br />
– Distribution subject<br />
to UEFA approval<br />
UEFA officials<br />
UEFA venue team<br />
Home club (max. 15)<br />
Visiting club (max.15)<br />
<strong>Club</strong> technical staff<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
ACCESS AND ACCREDITATION<br />
151
Bibs<br />
Supplementary Access Devices (SADS)<br />
Group stage<br />
Ballboys/girls’ pre-match<br />
ceremony bibs (grey)<br />
For ballboys/girls and<br />
pre-match ceremony staff<br />
TV bibs (burgundy<br />
with green stripe)<br />
For all <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster<br />
cameramen and ENG crew<br />
as well as technicians working<br />
on <strong>the</strong> pitch during <strong>the</strong> match<br />
Fur<strong>the</strong>rmore, additional accreditation stickers (trophy) may <strong>be</strong> distributed to <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters on a<br />
venue-by-venue basis to provide access to sensitive areas (e.g. players’ tunnel, flash interview area,<br />
commentary positions).<br />
Supplementary access device<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
Photographers’ bibs<br />
(burgundy with red stripe)<br />
For all accredited<br />
photographers (also those<br />
with club accreditation,<br />
if normally required)<br />
Approval, production and distribution overview<br />
Group stage<br />
Produced by<br />
Distributed by<br />
Knockout stage<br />
Produced by<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> accreditation cards UEFA UEFA UEFA UEFA<br />
Distributed by<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
Knockout stage<br />
In addition to <strong>the</strong> aforementioned bibs and as part of <strong>the</strong> commercial and exclusivity<br />
concept, UEFA will provide <strong>the</strong> clubs with one additional type of bib, ei<strong>the</strong>r in yellow or<br />
orange. The bibs will <strong>be</strong> produced by UEFA and must <strong>be</strong> worn by <strong>the</strong> relevant group as<br />
of <strong>the</strong> knockout stage.<br />
Stewards’ bibs (yellow/orange)<br />
For stewards/security staff (no<br />
accreditation card needed, club<br />
accreditation may <strong>be</strong> required)<br />
<strong>Club</strong> accreditation cards <strong>Club</strong> <strong>Club</strong> <strong>Club</strong> <strong>Club</strong><br />
TV bibs UEFA UEFA UEFA UEFA<br />
Non-rights-holders’<br />
accreditations<br />
Audio reporters/written<br />
press/o<strong>the</strong>r media accreditations<br />
<strong>Club</strong> <strong>Club</strong> <strong>Club</strong> <strong>Club</strong><br />
<strong>Club</strong> <strong>Club</strong> <strong>Club</strong> <strong>Club</strong><br />
Photographers’ bibs UEFA <strong>Club</strong> UEFA <strong>Club</strong><br />
Stewards’ bibs <strong>Club</strong> <strong>Club</strong> UEFA <strong>Club</strong><br />
Ballboys/girls pre-match<br />
ceremony bibs<br />
UEFA <strong>Club</strong> UEFA <strong>Club</strong><br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
152 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
ACCESS AND ACCREDITATION<br />
153
13.2 MEDIA ACCESS RIGHTS<br />
AND ACCREDITATION PROCEDURES<br />
UEFA approves all requests and access area privileges,<br />
as far as commercial and media rights are involved.<br />
The restrictions set out <strong>be</strong>low apply to <strong>the</strong> relevant<br />
media groups.<br />
UEFA Europa League broadcasters<br />
Only <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters may access matches for<br />
<strong>the</strong> purpose of recording within <strong>the</strong> stadium. Any<br />
requests received by <strong>the</strong> club from <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters<br />
must <strong>be</strong> forwarded to UEFA.<br />
Non-rights-holding broadcasters<br />
Access rights<br />
Any broadcasters on site o<strong>the</strong>r than <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters<br />
are non-rights-holding broadcasters. In order to protect<br />
<strong>the</strong> exclusivity of <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters, it is crucial that any<br />
non-rights-holding broadcasters are only allowed access<br />
to <strong>the</strong> following activities at venues, subject to space:<br />
• official training sessions for as long as <strong>the</strong>y<br />
are open to press (min. 15 minutes);<br />
• press conferences on MD-1;<br />
• post-match press conferences;<br />
• <strong>the</strong> mixed zone.<br />
All non-rights-holding broadcasters’ ENG cameras<br />
must <strong>be</strong> deposited in <strong>the</strong> designated safe storage<br />
room upon entry to <strong>the</strong> stadium. These cameras can<br />
only <strong>be</strong> collected after <strong>the</strong> final whistle (after extra<br />
time and penalties if applicable) for access to <strong>the</strong><br />
press conference and <strong>the</strong> mixed zone. The club is<br />
responsible for managing this facility.<br />
From <strong>the</strong> above, it is clear that non-rights-holding<br />
broadcasters may not:<br />
• conduct any activities at any time, with <strong>the</strong><br />
exception of:<br />
– MD-1 training sessions;<br />
– MD-1 press conferences;<br />
– post-match press conferences and post-match<br />
mixed zone activities.<br />
• access any part of <strong>the</strong> stadium on matchday (with<br />
<strong>the</strong> exception of <strong>the</strong> press conference and <strong>the</strong><br />
mixed zone).<br />
Accreditation procedures<br />
• All requests for accreditation from non-rightsholding<br />
broadcasters must <strong>be</strong> sent in advance<br />
to <strong>the</strong> club press officer.<br />
• The home club may grant normal press or<br />
observer accreditations, media accreditation,<br />
space permitting.<br />
• <strong>Club</strong>s are responsible for compiling a list of<br />
those requesting accreditation and supply<br />
this to UEFA.<br />
• The club press officer is responsible for<br />
distributing accreditations to <strong>the</strong> individuals<br />
concerned, after informing UEFA of <strong>the</strong><br />
respective requests.<br />
• <strong>Club</strong>s are responsible for providing a special<br />
accreditation card for <strong>the</strong> press conference<br />
and/or <strong>the</strong> mixed zone, if necessary.<br />
<strong>Club</strong> media partners and club channels<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s may contract or appoint partners (e.g.<br />
broadcasters) to exploit certain media rights on<br />
<strong>the</strong>ir <strong>be</strong>half (e.g. delayed audiovisual rights to <strong>the</strong>ir<br />
home and away matches after Friday 24.00CET<br />
in a matchweek). Such club media partners must<br />
<strong>be</strong> treated as non-rights-holding broadcasters.<br />
However, in <strong>the</strong> event that availability or access<br />
to press conferences or <strong>the</strong> mixed zone is limited,<br />
first priority will <strong>be</strong> given to <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters,<br />
and second priority may <strong>be</strong> given to <strong>the</strong> club<br />
media partners. Non-rights-holding broadcasters<br />
will <strong>the</strong>refore only <strong>be</strong> third priority. On-site<br />
decisions regarding <strong>the</strong>se issues will <strong>be</strong> made by<br />
UEFA. In addition, club channels must <strong>be</strong> treated<br />
as non-rights-holding broadcasters, but are entitled<br />
to certain additional <strong>be</strong>nefits as descri<strong>be</strong>d in<br />
section 12.10.<br />
Audio reporters, written press<br />
representatives and photographers<br />
Access rights<br />
• Audio reporters, representatives of <strong>the</strong> written<br />
press and photographers must not enter <strong>the</strong><br />
tunnel, pitch area or flash interview area<br />
at any time.<br />
• Audio reporters and <strong>the</strong> written press may<br />
attend training sessions (when open to <strong>the</strong><br />
media), <strong>the</strong> official press conferences and <strong>the</strong><br />
mixed zone.<br />
• Photographers may attend training sessions<br />
when open to <strong>the</strong> media and, if space is<br />
available, pre-match and post-match press<br />
conferences.<br />
• Prior to <strong>the</strong> match, photographers are permitted<br />
to ga<strong>the</strong>r on <strong>the</strong> appropriate touch line for <strong>the</strong><br />
lineup and team photos.<br />
• During <strong>the</strong> match, photographers may work<br />
from positions <strong>be</strong>hind <strong>the</strong> advertising boards<br />
along both goal lines, with <strong>the</strong> exception of <strong>the</strong><br />
areas reserved for <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster cameras. In<br />
certain circumstances, if agreed by UEFA, <strong>the</strong>y<br />
are also permitted to work from <strong>be</strong>hind <strong>the</strong><br />
advertising boards along <strong>the</strong> touch line opposite<br />
<strong>the</strong> substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nches.<br />
• Photographers may only change ends at<br />
half-time or, if appropriate, during <strong>the</strong> interval<br />
<strong>be</strong>fore <strong>the</strong> start of extra time.<br />
• Photographers may never disturb broadcasting<br />
operations.<br />
Accreditation procedures<br />
• All requests for accreditation from audio<br />
reporters, <strong>the</strong> written press and photographers<br />
must <strong>be</strong> handled by <strong>the</strong> home club, who is<br />
responsible for compiling a list to <strong>be</strong> approved<br />
by UEFA, three days prior to <strong>the</strong> match.<br />
• The club is responsible for <strong>the</strong> production and<br />
distribution of all accreditation passes for audio<br />
reporters, written press representatives and<br />
photographers, according <strong>the</strong> print material<br />
guidelines, as well as organising technical<br />
support and seating areas.<br />
• In principle, <strong>the</strong> total num<strong>be</strong>r of photographer<br />
accreditations must not exceed 100.<br />
• As of <strong>the</strong> group stage, UEFA is responsible for<br />
<strong>the</strong> production of photographers’ bibs. The club<br />
is responsible for assigning sufficient personnel<br />
to distribute <strong>the</strong> photographers’ bibs prior to <strong>the</strong><br />
match and collect <strong>the</strong> bibs when photographers<br />
leave <strong>the</strong> stadium (during or after <strong>the</strong> match).<br />
• The visiting club’s press officer must provide<br />
<strong>the</strong> club with a full list of photographers’<br />
accreditation requests prior to <strong>the</strong> match.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
154 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
ACCESS AND ACCREDITATION<br />
155
<strong>14</strong> BRAND AND ENTERTAINMENT<br />
ACTIVITIES<br />
<strong>14</strong>.1 CENTRE CIRCLE AND LINEUP BANNER<br />
<strong>14</strong>.2 CLUB FAN AND ENTERTAINMENT ACTIVITIES<br />
<strong>14</strong>.3 CLUB PROMOTIONAL ACTIVITIES<br />
<strong>14</strong>.4 MATCHDAY PROGRAMME<br />
<strong>14</strong>.5 NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> MARKS ON DIGITAL CLUB PLATFORMS<br />
<strong>14</strong>.6 SOCIAL MEDIA<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18
General<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
BRAND AND<br />
ENTERTAINMENT ACTIVITIES<br />
To enhance awareness of <strong>the</strong> competition, brand identity and <strong>the</strong> centralised concept, a pre-match<br />
ceremony will take place at every UEFA Europa League match. Unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise instructed by UEFA,<br />
activities associated with this require <strong>the</strong> cooperation of <strong>the</strong> home club, at both organisational and<br />
staffing level. Any personnel provided by <strong>the</strong> club to take part in such activities must <strong>be</strong> capable of<br />
performing <strong>the</strong>ir tasks and must comply with UEFA’s instructions.<br />
<strong>14</strong>.1 CENTRE CIRCLE AND LINEUP BANNER<br />
Before each <strong>UEL</strong> match, a centre circle and lineup<br />
banner ceremony is performed on <strong>the</strong> pitch<br />
<strong>be</strong>tween <strong>the</strong> teams’ warm-up and kick-off. This prematch<br />
ceremony consists of one centre circle and<br />
one line up banner <strong>be</strong>ing placed as illustrated on<br />
<strong>the</strong> picture. For <strong>the</strong> group stage, <strong>the</strong> club is asked<br />
to place <strong>the</strong> centre circle and line up banner on <strong>the</strong><br />
pitch as of stadium opening, subject to wea<strong>the</strong>r<br />
conditions. As of <strong>the</strong> knockout stage, <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong><br />
signage supplier will place <strong>the</strong>se on <strong>the</strong> pitch.<br />
The centre circle ceremony is performed to <strong>the</strong><br />
<strong>UEL</strong> an<strong>the</strong>m. Unless <strong>the</strong> right to provide centre<br />
circle carriers has <strong>be</strong>en granted by UEFA to a <strong>UEL</strong><br />
partner, <strong>the</strong> club is asked to assist by providing<br />
up to 30 centre circle carriers dressed in <strong>the</strong> same<br />
neutral kit (no advertising visible). The centre<br />
circle carriers must <strong>be</strong> coordinated by an adult<br />
appointed by <strong>the</strong> club and must <strong>be</strong> available for a<br />
rehearsal on MD-1 (normally at around 17.00CET).<br />
In addition, <strong>the</strong> club will <strong>be</strong> asked to provide a<br />
minimum of two people capable of placing and<br />
taking off <strong>the</strong> banner in front of <strong>the</strong> players after<br />
<strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> an<strong>the</strong>m has <strong>be</strong>en played.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
BRAND AND ENTERTAINMENT ACTIVITIES<br />
159
<strong>14</strong>.2 CLUB FAN AND ENTERTAINMENT ACTIVITIES <strong>14</strong>.3 CLUB PROMOTIONAL ACTIVITIES<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s may organise pre-match and half-time<br />
activities in <strong>the</strong> stadium to entertain <strong>the</strong> fans.<br />
All such activities are subject to <strong>the</strong> approval<br />
of UEFA, and <strong>the</strong> following principles apply.<br />
• No club activities may interfere in any way with<br />
<strong>the</strong> official <strong>UEL</strong> pre-match ceremony, including<br />
<strong>the</strong> playing of <strong>the</strong> official <strong>UEL</strong> walk-on music<br />
and <strong>UEL</strong> an<strong>the</strong>m.<br />
• Subject to health and safety rules, clubs may hand<br />
out items such as scarves or flags to <strong>the</strong>ir fans but<br />
must ensure that such items are not allowed to<br />
obstruct <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> broadcaster cameras or, as of<br />
<strong>the</strong> knockout stage, <strong>the</strong> advertising boards.<br />
• No pre-match or half-time activities organised<br />
by <strong>the</strong> club may take place on <strong>the</strong> pitch, nor may<br />
<strong>the</strong>y affect it in any way. For example, it is not<br />
permitted to launch confetti or streamers prior<br />
to <strong>the</strong> match as <strong>the</strong>se may find <strong>the</strong>ir way onto<br />
<strong>the</strong> pitch.<br />
• Fan activities, choreographics, mosaics, etc.<br />
showing political or racist messages are not<br />
allowed. As of <strong>the</strong> knockout stage, commercial<br />
messages (i.e. a sponsor logo on a giant match<br />
shirt) are also not allowed.<br />
Player escorts<br />
UEFA Europa League sponsor/supplier partners<br />
have <strong>the</strong> opportunity to provide ei<strong>the</strong>r two player<br />
escorts (accompanying <strong>the</strong> captains) or two<br />
sets of 11 children (to accompany all <strong>the</strong> players)<br />
at selected UEFA Europa League matches.<br />
This promotion is conducted as follows:<br />
• Player escorts wear <strong>the</strong> official UEFA Europa<br />
League kit (shirt, shorts and socks) as worn by<br />
<strong>the</strong> teams at <strong>the</strong> relevant match, which complies<br />
with <strong>the</strong> UEFA Kit Regulations (2012 edition).<br />
However, UEFA reserves <strong>the</strong> right to introduce<br />
a specific player escort kit to <strong>be</strong> worn by all<br />
player escorts. Should ei<strong>the</strong>r of <strong>the</strong> clubs not<br />
<strong>be</strong> able to provide official UEFA Europa League<br />
kits, both sets of player escorts will <strong>be</strong> dressed<br />
in neutral kits (both sets in different colours)<br />
without any club identification, commercial or<br />
non-commercial messages.<br />
• The player escorts accompanying <strong>the</strong><br />
home club wear <strong>the</strong> kit of <strong>the</strong> visiting club<br />
and vice versa.<br />
• The clubs are requested to source <strong>the</strong>se kits.<br />
• The children accompany <strong>the</strong> players onto<br />
<strong>the</strong> pitch and exit <strong>the</strong> pitch immediately after<br />
<strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League an<strong>the</strong>m has ended,<br />
prior to <strong>the</strong> fair play handshake.<br />
• The <strong>UEL</strong> partner responsible should organise<br />
an adult as a chaperone.<br />
• The club should provide a suitable room for <strong>the</strong><br />
children to change prior to <strong>the</strong> match.<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s will <strong>be</strong> informed within a fixed deadline as to<br />
whe<strong>the</strong>r a <strong>UEL</strong> partner is providing player escorts.<br />
If <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> partners are only sourcing two player<br />
escorts, <strong>the</strong> home club is encouraged to provide<br />
an additional 20 children to accompany all players.<br />
If <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> partners are not providing any player<br />
escorts, <strong>the</strong> club is encouraged to source two<br />
children to accompany <strong>the</strong> captains or preferably<br />
two sets of 11 escorts to accompany all players,<br />
and may conduct <strong>the</strong> promotion as set out above.<br />
In ei<strong>the</strong>r case, <strong>the</strong> club should provide an adult<br />
as a chaperone. The use of player escorts by <strong>the</strong><br />
club must <strong>be</strong> discussed and agreed in advance<br />
with UEFA. Children should <strong>be</strong> <strong>be</strong>tween 1.10m and<br />
1.30m tall (approximately 7-9 years old), must <strong>be</strong><br />
capable of performing <strong>the</strong> task assigned to <strong>the</strong>m,<br />
and must adhere to UEFA’s instructions.<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s are only permitted to conduct promotional<br />
activities under <strong>the</strong> following conditions.<br />
• No activities are allowed in <strong>the</strong> exclusive areas.<br />
• No third-party association is allowed with<br />
<strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> brand identity or name.<br />
• No reference is permitted <strong>be</strong>tween<br />
a <strong>UEL</strong> match and a non-<strong>UEL</strong> partner.<br />
• All promotional activities must comply with<br />
<strong>the</strong> guidelines set out in this manual and<br />
in <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League Brand <strong>Manual</strong>.<br />
Any promotional activity must <strong>be</strong> sent for<br />
approval to UEFA at ComOps<strong>UEL</strong>@uefa.ch<br />
at least one week prior to <strong>the</strong> respective match.<br />
The <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier partners are <strong>the</strong> only<br />
parties permitted to call <strong>the</strong>mselves partners of<br />
<strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League. No o<strong>the</strong>r commercial or<br />
non-commercial entity may create or insinuate a<br />
potential association with <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League<br />
name, brand identity, logo or a <strong>UEL</strong> match.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
160 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
BRAND AND ENTERTAINMENT ACTIVITIES<br />
161
<strong>14</strong>.4 MATCHDAY PROGRAMME <strong>14</strong>.5 NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF <strong>UEL</strong> MARKS<br />
ON DIGITAL CLUB PLATFORMS<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s may produce a matchday programme if <strong>the</strong>y<br />
wish. If a club decides to produce a programme,<br />
it must provide a minimum of 50 complimentary<br />
copies to UEFA for distribution among <strong>UEL</strong><br />
partners and <strong>the</strong> media. UEFA Europa League<br />
matchday programmes must <strong>be</strong> produced in<br />
accordance with <strong>the</strong> guidelines set out <strong>be</strong>low.<br />
There are no restrictions on <strong>the</strong> publication size<br />
or <strong>the</strong> paper weight of <strong>the</strong> programme.<br />
Programmes may <strong>be</strong> printed in a club’s local<br />
language. However, <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League<br />
brand is always used in its entirety and written<br />
in English. The club is responsible for any<br />
translations required.<br />
The UEFA Europa League name and/or logo is<br />
subject to <strong>the</strong> proper usage guidelines in section<br />
1.4. If a club wishes to use <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> design for<br />
<strong>the</strong> programme, <strong>the</strong> branding guidelines defined<br />
in <strong>the</strong> brand manual (including, for example,<br />
<strong>the</strong> exclusion area around <strong>the</strong> logo) should <strong>be</strong><br />
respected. Text or images should not <strong>be</strong> placed on<br />
top of <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> design.<br />
On any page where <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League name<br />
and/or logo are included, third-party association<br />
(advertisement or sponsorship), o<strong>the</strong>r than that<br />
of <strong>UEL</strong> partners, is not permitted. In addition, <strong>the</strong><br />
front page of <strong>the</strong> programme must not include any<br />
commercial presence.<br />
There are no restrictions on <strong>the</strong> editorial content<br />
of <strong>the</strong> programme. Information about <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />
Europa League, such as results tables, is available<br />
from UEFA on request. To help UEFA promote <strong>the</strong><br />
UEFA Europa League or any o<strong>the</strong>r pan-European<br />
football initiative (e.g. <strong>the</strong> Respect campaign),<br />
clubs will provide UEFA with one page (free of<br />
charge) in any matchday programme on request.<br />
Player head shots and team photos of all<br />
competing clubs are provided by UEFA to <strong>the</strong><br />
clubs prior to <strong>the</strong> start of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League<br />
season. Photographs taken at UEFA Europa League<br />
matches are available from <strong>the</strong> official UEFA<br />
photographer. Please contact UEFA for fur<strong>the</strong>r<br />
information. Photographs displaying any form of<br />
advertising o<strong>the</strong>r than that of <strong>the</strong> shirt sponsor and<br />
manufacturer’s trademark on <strong>the</strong> players’ kit (shirt,<br />
shorts, socks, goalkeeping gloves and cap) are not<br />
permitted.<br />
• For <strong>the</strong> knockout stage, no adverts may appear<br />
for products or brands of products in <strong>the</strong> product<br />
category exclusivity list unless <strong>the</strong>y are products<br />
or brands of <strong>UEL</strong> sponsor/supplier partners.<br />
• No adverts may appear for any broadcasters<br />
o<strong>the</strong>r than <strong>UEL</strong> broadcasters.<br />
• No third-party sponsorship and/or association<br />
with <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League is allowed.<br />
• <strong>UEL</strong> partners must get first option to buy<br />
advertising space in <strong>the</strong> matchday programme,<br />
and have <strong>the</strong> right to choose where this appears.<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s must provide <strong>the</strong> UEFA venue team with<br />
<strong>the</strong> specifications of this advertising space and<br />
relevant deadlines.<br />
• Any publications distributed at UEFA Europa<br />
League matches are considered matchday<br />
programmes and are subject to <strong>the</strong> above rules.<br />
• A photocopy of <strong>the</strong> front and back of <strong>the</strong><br />
programme plus all pages including <strong>the</strong> inside<br />
covers, or <strong>the</strong> same information as a PDF file<br />
in an email attachment, must <strong>be</strong> sent to <strong>the</strong><br />
UEFA venue team for approval no later than <strong>the</strong><br />
Friday prior to <strong>the</strong> matchweek. In addition, a<br />
translation may need to <strong>be</strong> provided if required<br />
by <strong>the</strong> venue team.<br />
• UEFA reserves <strong>the</strong> right to review, approve or<br />
request changes to <strong>the</strong> submitted layout within<br />
24 hours of receipt.<br />
• Failure to submit <strong>the</strong> programme for approval<br />
may result in reprints at <strong>the</strong> club’s expense or<br />
cancellation of programme distribution.<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s’ websites and o<strong>the</strong>r digital club platforms<br />
For <strong>the</strong> duration of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League<br />
season, qualified clubs are permitted to use <strong>the</strong><br />
<strong>UEL</strong> marks for non-commercial promotional<br />
purposes on club-branded and dedicated digital<br />
platforms. Permitted forms of <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> marks for<br />
usage by <strong>the</strong> clubs in this context are defined in <strong>the</strong><br />
UEFA Europa League Brand <strong>Manual</strong> provided to all<br />
participating clubs. The following principles apply:<br />
• <strong>the</strong>re should <strong>be</strong> no third party association;<br />
• no third-party advertising should appear in<br />
sections of <strong>the</strong> website or platform where <strong>the</strong><br />
<strong>UEL</strong> marks are used;<br />
• clubs may not use <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> marks to create<br />
dedicated <strong>UEL</strong> websites or digital products;<br />
• clubs are allowed to create a <strong>UEL</strong>-specific section<br />
within <strong>the</strong> broader club website or platform for<br />
<strong>the</strong> purpose of promoting <strong>the</strong>ir participation in<br />
<strong>the</strong> competition;<br />
• platforms should not <strong>be</strong> positioned as official<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> communication channels;<br />
• all usage of <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> marks should <strong>be</strong> approved<br />
in advance by UEFA.<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s are reminded that <strong>the</strong> above does not apply<br />
to club’s media rights, all use of which is governed<br />
by <strong>the</strong> <strong>Club</strong> Media Rights Guidelines.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
162 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
BRAND AND ENTERTAINMENT ACTIVITIES<br />
163
<strong>14</strong>.6 SOCIAL MEDIA<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s may promote <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League<br />
on <strong>the</strong> following social media platforms:<br />
• Facebook<br />
• Twitter<br />
• Foursquare<br />
• YouTu<strong>be</strong><br />
• Google+<br />
The following general principles apply<br />
to such promotion.<br />
• Any use of <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> marks should <strong>be</strong> agreed<br />
in advance with UEFA. <strong>Club</strong>s should send a<br />
promotion concept and design proposal for<br />
UEFA’s approval.<br />
• The <strong>UEL</strong> logo and trophy should not <strong>be</strong> used<br />
on a stand-alone basis.<br />
• <strong>Club</strong>s may refer to <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League<br />
in writing.<br />
• <strong>Club</strong>s may use <strong>UEL</strong> photography, but are<br />
responsible for clearing any third party rights.<br />
• Promotions must not <strong>be</strong> run in conjunction with<br />
third parties.<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s are reminded that <strong>the</strong> above does not apply<br />
to club’s media rights, all use of which is governed<br />
by <strong>the</strong> <strong>Club</strong> Media Rights Guidelines.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
164 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong>
15 UEFA PROMOTIONS<br />
15.1 ROAD TO THE FINAL<br />
15.2 ANTI-RACISM CAMPAIGN<br />
15.3 RESPECT CAMPAIGN<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18
15.1 ROAD TO THE FINAL<br />
15<br />
UEFA PROMOTIONS<br />
As of <strong>the</strong> knockout stage,<br />
<strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> signage supplier<br />
may set up banners inside<br />
and outside <strong>the</strong> stadium<br />
promoting <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> final.<br />
The club is asked to make<br />
space available and to assist<br />
UEFA with promoting this<br />
activity as part of <strong>the</strong> Road<br />
to <strong>the</strong> Final concept.<br />
15.2 ANTI-RACISM CAMPAIGN<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s may <strong>be</strong> asked to support <strong>the</strong> pan-<br />
European anti-racism campaign Unite<br />
Against Racism throughout <strong>the</strong> season<br />
and join <strong>the</strong> FARE (Football Against Racism<br />
in Europe) action week activities on MD3.<br />
15.3 RESPECT CAMPAIGN<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
Respect is a key principle of football. The game<br />
transcends borders, removes barriers and<br />
overcomes prejudices leaving no tolerance for<br />
racism, social exclusion, sexism or homophobia.<br />
UEFA promotes respect at all of its matches with<br />
<strong>the</strong> aim of preserving <strong>the</strong> integrity of <strong>the</strong> sport at<br />
all levels, of protecting and promoting <strong>the</strong> values<br />
of football and of showing solidarity.<br />
Respect is also UEFA’s social responsibility<br />
programme which aims to support local<br />
communities, tackle social issues and work towards<br />
unity across gender, race, religion and ability. It<br />
highlights UEFA’s commitment to combat racism,<br />
increase awareness for fans with disabilities,<br />
promote health through physical activity and<br />
encourage intercultural dialogue <strong>be</strong>tween fans.<br />
<strong>Club</strong>s may <strong>be</strong> asked to support <strong>the</strong> Respect<br />
campaign, or o<strong>the</strong>r campaigns organised<br />
by UEFA, throughout <strong>the</strong> season.<br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
UEFA PROMOTIONS<br />
169
16 LICENSING<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18
Co-branded licensed products<br />
If UEFA and a club agree to cooperate on a<br />
licensing programme, this is referred to as a “cobranded<br />
licensed product”. Co-branded licensed<br />
products fall into one of three categories.<br />
• Individual: in which <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League<br />
logo and <strong>the</strong> club emblem are used e.g. a scarf<br />
with <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League logo and a club<br />
emblem.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
16<br />
LICENSING<br />
UEFA operates an official licensing programme<br />
to <strong>be</strong>nefit and extend <strong>the</strong> brand image of <strong>the</strong><br />
UEFA Europa League and foster <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong><br />
partnership spirit.<br />
The <strong>be</strong>nefits of <strong>the</strong> licensing programme<br />
to clubs are:<br />
• new revenue sources;<br />
• a unique opportunity for clubs to use<br />
<strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> logo commercially;<br />
• <strong>the</strong> promotion of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League<br />
and clubs’ involvement in <strong>the</strong> competition;<br />
• <strong>the</strong> restriction of unauthorised commercial<br />
use of <strong>the</strong> logo by third parties.<br />
UEFA’s licensing strategy is to concentrate on a<br />
limited num<strong>be</strong>r of product categories which will<br />
promote <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League, exploit UEFA’s<br />
intellectual property rights and commercially<br />
<strong>be</strong>nefit <strong>the</strong> clubs competing in <strong>the</strong> competition.<br />
Generic licensed products<br />
If UEFA licenses a manufacturer to create a<br />
product featuring <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> brand, this is referred<br />
to as a “generic licensed product”. Products<br />
will typically reflect <strong>the</strong> high-quality image and<br />
values of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League and promote<br />
awareness of <strong>the</strong> competition.<br />
• Collective: in which <strong>the</strong> club emblems of more<br />
than one club are used (such as 2 clubs playing<br />
against each o<strong>the</strong>r or all 4 clubs in a particular<br />
group); e.g. a “friendship scarf” with <strong>the</strong> UEFA<br />
Europa League logo and <strong>the</strong> two competing<br />
clubs‘ emblems.<br />
• Finalists/winner: UEFA and <strong>the</strong> relevant club(s)<br />
enter into an agreement allowing <strong>the</strong> club(s)<br />
to use <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> marks on a range of products,<br />
and UEFA is allowed to use <strong>the</strong> clubs’ trademarks<br />
on certain products relating to <strong>the</strong> <strong>UEL</strong> final.<br />
UEFA normally develops an individual co-branded<br />
programme for each club. This is <strong>the</strong>n presented<br />
to <strong>the</strong> club, which can decide whe<strong>the</strong>r or not to<br />
take advantage of <strong>the</strong> programme by selling such<br />
products in its official club outlets. Please note<br />
that all clubs will <strong>be</strong> offered a range that does not<br />
feature any manufacturer branding.<br />
In all instances, <strong>the</strong> licensed products promote<br />
<strong>the</strong> involvement of <strong>the</strong> club in <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa<br />
League, generate revenue for <strong>the</strong> club and do not<br />
compete directly with products licensed by clubs<br />
<strong>the</strong>mselves. <strong>Club</strong>s competing in <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa<br />
League are asked to work with UEFA and strongly<br />
encouraged to participate in licensing projects.<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
LICENSING<br />
173
Licensed audiovisual products<br />
Audiovisual licensing rights (video, multimedia<br />
and video games) will <strong>be</strong> exploited via a selection<br />
of specific top-quality licensing partners for each<br />
activity. Due consideration will <strong>be</strong> given to clubs’<br />
existing licensing partners.<br />
Licensing procedure<br />
In all instances clubs will <strong>be</strong> approached by<br />
UEFA with a proposal regarding <strong>the</strong> project<br />
in question, and will <strong>the</strong>n <strong>be</strong> asked to consider<br />
<strong>the</strong> proposal, but are strongly encouraged to<br />
participate in <strong>the</strong> project.<br />
In <strong>the</strong> case of co-branded licensed projects for<br />
<strong>the</strong> finalists/winner, clubs will receive a letter of<br />
agreement pertaining to <strong>the</strong> individual project<br />
which will set out <strong>the</strong> rights that UEFA wishes<br />
to license and <strong>the</strong> corresponding terms and<br />
conditions.<br />
The UEFA Marketing department will supply<br />
clubs with additional information on request.<br />
UEFA’s intellectual property rights<br />
UEFA is <strong>the</strong> exclusive owner of all intellectual<br />
property rights in relation to <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa<br />
League and, in particular, <strong>the</strong> following:<br />
• <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League name, logo<br />
and brand assets;<br />
• <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League trophy;<br />
• <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League an<strong>the</strong>m;<br />
• <strong>the</strong> design of <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa League<br />
official match ball;<br />
• <strong>the</strong> UEFA logo, name and music;<br />
• match fixture products.<br />
None of <strong>the</strong> properties mentioned above may<br />
<strong>be</strong> used without UEFA’s prior written consent,<br />
as this may cause damage to <strong>the</strong> official licensing<br />
programme implemented by UEFA, which<br />
maximises <strong>the</strong> <strong>be</strong>nefits for all participants of<br />
<strong>the</strong> competition. This means that clubs may not<br />
produce <strong>UEL</strong> merchandise or authorise any third<br />
party to associate itself with <strong>the</strong> UEFA Europa<br />
League in any way.<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
Future<br />
When clubs sign new or renew existing licensing contracts, <strong>the</strong>y must wherever possible include provisions<br />
that would enable <strong>the</strong>m to grant cross-licensing rights limited to <strong>UEL</strong> official licensed products in future,<br />
such as those included in <strong>the</strong> list <strong>be</strong>low.<br />
Category Product type Products<br />
Clothing and accessories Combination – club and <strong>UEL</strong> logo<br />
T-shirts/sweatshirts, caps,<br />
scarves, flags, pennants<br />
Multimedia Combination – club and <strong>UEL</strong> logo Video games, DVDs, CD-ROMs<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
174 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong>
17 PRODUCT CATEGORY EXCLUSIVITY LIST<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18
1<br />
17<br />
PRODUCT CATEGORY<br />
EXCLUSIVITY LIST<br />
Western Union<br />
• Money transfer services<br />
• Retail, investment and private banking services<br />
• Real and/or virtual payment systems<br />
(including credit and debit cards, pre-paid<br />
cards, e-commerce and m-commerce<br />
payment systems and money orders)<br />
• Travellers’ cheques<br />
• Bill payment services<br />
• Insurance products and services<br />
HTC<br />
• Mobile telephone handset hardware; accessories<br />
and peripherals which are specific to mobile<br />
telephone handset hardware (e.g. earpieces and<br />
camera attachments); and in-vehicle mobile<br />
telephone adaptation systems; and<br />
• Laptop/notebook/tablet personal computers;<br />
and accessories and peripherals which are<br />
specific to laptop/notebook/tablet personal<br />
computers (e.g. speakers, microphones,<br />
mouses and keyboards).<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
Hankook<br />
adidas<br />
10<br />
• Tyres for mechanised vehicles, including but not<br />
limited to, tyres for cars, trucks and bicycles<br />
• Footballs (excluding hacky sacs, any PVC<br />
balls, toy balls and novelty balls such as balls<br />
on key rings)<br />
11<br />
• Football equipment<br />
12<br />
• Sports clothing and apparel (including sports<br />
inspired “lifestyle” ranges)<br />
13<br />
• Sports footwear (including sports inspired<br />
‘lifestyle’ ranges)<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
• Sports bags<br />
• Sports scarves, caps, pennants and flags<br />
15<br />
16<br />
Note: UEFA has <strong>the</strong> right to provide fur<strong>the</strong>r details (e.g. additional product categories) from time to time.<br />
17<br />
18<br />
PRODUCT CATEGORY EXCLUSIVITY LIST<br />
179
18 APPENDICES<br />
18.1 INDEX<br />
18.2 CONTACT INFORMATION<br />
18.3 SEASON PLANNER<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18
18.1 INDEX<br />
A<br />
Access to footage/signal <strong>14</strong>7<br />
Accreditation cards 124, 151-155<br />
Accreditation system 22, 151-155<br />
Advertising boards 26, 63-65, 80, 85, 90-91, 102-103, 155, 160<br />
Anti-racism 169<br />
Audiovisual products 174<br />
E<br />
ENG cameras 65, 78, <strong>14</strong>4, 154<br />
Exclusive area 18, 99-100, 103, <strong>14</strong>1-<strong>14</strong>2, 161<br />
Exclusivity 18, 99, 152, 179<br />
F<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
18<br />
APPENDICES<br />
B<br />
Ballboys/girls 136, 139, 152-153<br />
Bibs 136-137, 152-153, 155<br />
Brand identity 19, 159, 161<br />
C<br />
Cabling 71, <strong>14</strong>1<br />
Camera positions 33, 36, 59-65<br />
Camera storage for<br />
non-rights-holding broadcasters 81, <strong>14</strong>4, 154<br />
Centre circle 22, 25, 36, 139, 159<br />
Clean stadium 94, 99-100<br />
<strong>Club</strong>’s existing accreditation system 151<br />
<strong>Club</strong> channels <strong>14</strong>4, 154<br />
<strong>Club</strong> logo 89, 101<br />
Commentary positions 23, 33, 36, 59, 66, 77, <strong>14</strong>4, <strong>14</strong>6, 153<br />
Commercial concept 18, 26, 90, 107, <strong>14</strong>7<br />
Complimentary tickets 32, 47-48<br />
Construction 59, 67, 68<br />
Countdown to kick-off 19, 23-25<br />
Co-branded licensed products 173-174<br />
<strong>Club</strong> VIP hospitality 47, 51, 109, 151<br />
D<br />
Fan TV 23, <strong>14</strong>2<br />
Filming of teams’ preparation 116<br />
Flags 138<br />
Flash interview 18, 113-1<strong>14</strong>, 135, <strong>14</strong>5<br />
Flash interview backdrop 92<br />
Flash interview position 33, 65, 69, 72, 113-1<strong>14</strong><br />
Floodlights 24, 39<br />
Frequently used terms 13<br />
G<br />
Generic licensed products 173<br />
H<br />
Hospitality passes 52, 89<br />
I<br />
Indoor studios 33, 59, 68, 72, 113<br />
Intellectual property 173-174<br />
Internal substitutes’ <strong>be</strong>nch signs 93<br />
Internal stadium TV channel 41, <strong>14</strong>1-<strong>14</strong>3<br />
Internet 13, 31, 38, 40-41, 77, 80, <strong>14</strong>6<br />
J<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
Delegate 22-23, 25-26, 31, 38-39, 47<br />
Directional signage 103<br />
Disabilities 36<br />
Dispatch of tickets, hospitality<br />
and parking passes 52<br />
Doping control 1<strong>14</strong><br />
Doping control officer 26, 1<strong>14</strong><br />
Doping control station 31, 38<br />
Dressing rooms 24-25, 31, 37-38, 63, 68, 79,<br />
109, 115-116, 123, <strong>14</strong>4, 151<br />
Jingle <strong>14</strong>1, <strong>14</strong>3<br />
K<br />
Key dates 16<br />
Kit 16, 23, 25, 132-136, <strong>14</strong>0, 159-160, 162<br />
L<br />
Licensing 18, 173-174<br />
LOC 20<br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
Page num<strong>be</strong>rs marked in bold are <strong>the</strong> most relevant references.<br />
APPENDICES<br />
183
M<br />
P<br />
T<br />
Main contact 20, 26<br />
Mascots <strong>14</strong>0<br />
Matchday programme 89, 94, 162<br />
Match schedule 15<br />
Matchweek schedule 22<br />
Media hospitality 66, 81<br />
Media rights 18, 107, <strong>14</strong>6, 154<br />
Media seating (media tribune) 34, 40, 77, 80<br />
Media working area 34, 40, 66, 77, 80, 93<br />
Medical requirements 131<br />
Medical room 38, 131<br />
Meetings 21-23, 31, 42, <strong>14</strong>2, <strong>14</strong>4<br />
Meeting rooms 20, 31, 42<br />
Mixed zone 18, 22, 34, 65-66, 79, 92, 99,<br />
113-1<strong>14</strong>, 116, 123, <strong>14</strong>4, 154-155<br />
Mixed zone backdrops 79, 92<br />
Moveable pitch 37<br />
N<br />
Non-rights-holding broadcaster 34-35, 78-79,<br />
O<br />
81, 92, 153-154<br />
Parking 32, 34, 52, 85<br />
Personnel 20, 26, 66, <strong>14</strong>3, 155, 159<br />
Photographers 40, 65, 80, 123, 152-153, 155<br />
Photographers’ working area 34, 40, 80<br />
Pitch reporter 67<br />
Pitchside presentation 33, 69, 72, 115<br />
Pitch view studio 33, 59, 68, 72, 115<br />
Pitch watering 139<br />
Player escorts 160<br />
Power 31, 36, 39-40, 41, 66, 68-70, 72, 77, 85<br />
Press conference backdrop 78, 92, 122<br />
Press conference room 34, 65-66, 78, 99, 122<br />
Press conference table signs 78, 92<br />
Press kit 93, 124<br />
Press kit folder 78, 93, 121<br />
Press paper 78, 93, 121<br />
Print material 89, 94, 155<br />
Product supply and display 109<br />
Promotions 18, 53, 109, <strong>14</strong>1, 169<br />
PA system 36, 99, <strong>14</strong>1, <strong>14</strong>3<br />
Public screening <strong>14</strong>6<br />
Purchase tickets 32, 47, 49-50, 52<br />
R<br />
Team arrivals 116<br />
Team lineup 64-65, 124-125<br />
Telephone 31, 40-41, 66, 179<br />
Tickets 19, 26, 32-33, 35, 47-52, 89, 94, 99, 101<br />
Training 22, 24, 31, 37, 39, 100, 113, 122-123, 154-155<br />
Translation 78, 121-122, 162<br />
TV compound 33, 36, 70<br />
U<br />
UEFA Europa League logo 13, 19, 89, 173<br />
UEFA Europa League an<strong>the</strong>m 18-19, 25, 36, 64,<br />
<strong>14</strong>3, 159-160, 174<br />
UEFA media officer 20, 26, 124<br />
UEFA photographer 37<br />
UEFA media seating and<br />
photographer passes 77<br />
UEFA venue director 20, 26, 124<br />
UEFA venue operations<br />
wwww and broadcast manager 26<br />
Uplink area 33, 70<br />
V<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
Observer seats 33, 72<br />
Offices 22, 31, 41<br />
Official ball 108<br />
Organisational matters 20-23<br />
Oversized advertising boards 91<br />
Retractable roof 39<br />
Road to <strong>the</strong> final 169<br />
S<br />
Scoreboard 19, 41, 99-100, <strong>14</strong>1-<strong>14</strong>3<br />
Security 22-23, 26, 35, 36, 41, 50, 53, 60,<br />
63, 65, 68, 70, 81, 94, 101, 116, 152<br />
Security officer 20, 22-23, 26<br />
Shirt sponsor 134, <strong>14</strong>0, 162<br />
Signage 19, 22, 26, 32-33, 39, 42, 85,<br />
94, 102-103, 159, 169<br />
Signage truck 22, 35, 85, 102<br />
Site visit 18, 20-21, 42, 51, 59, 91-92, 94, 99-101<br />
Stadium dressing 71, 102<br />
Stadium naming 77, 83<br />
Stadium tours 21, 109, <strong>14</strong>0<br />
Substitution panel stickers 93<br />
Super flash interview 47, 82, 90<br />
Surveillance system 36<br />
Video analysis <strong>14</strong>5<br />
Videoboard 22, 41, 99-101, <strong>14</strong>1-<strong>14</strong>3<br />
VIP hospitality 32, 51-52, 151<br />
VIP interview 69<br />
VIP tickets 32, 47-48, 51<br />
Visiting club channel 70, <strong>14</strong>4<br />
W<br />
Warm-up bibs 136-137<br />
Website 99, 125-126, 163<br />
Wireless facilities 40, 77, 80<br />
Working and storage area 39, 85<br />
Written press 34, 79-80, 153, 155<br />
10<br />
11<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
184 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
APPENDICES<br />
185
18.2 CONTACT INFORMATION<br />
LICENSING PARTNER<br />
UEFA<br />
Address<br />
Route de Genève 46<br />
CH-1260 Nyon 2<br />
Switzerland<br />
Main UEFA tel. + 41 848 00 27 27<br />
Main UEFA fax + 41 848 01 27 27<br />
Media desk tel. + 41 848 04 27 27<br />
Media desk fax + 41 22 707 28 38<br />
<strong>Club</strong> competitions fax + 41 22 707 23 33<br />
PRESIDENT<br />
Michel Platini<br />
OPERATIONS DIRECTOR<br />
Martin Kallen<br />
Match operations fax + 41 848 03 27 27<br />
Match operations email matchcentre@uefa.ch<br />
Media desk email<br />
media@uefa.ch<br />
Website<br />
www.UEFA.com<br />
<strong>Club</strong> media rights<br />
clubvideo@uefa.ch<br />
GENERAL SECRETARY<br />
Gianni Infantino<br />
COMPETITIONS DIRECTOR<br />
Giorgio Marchetti<br />
The Great Branding Company Ltd.<br />
Pino Grillo<br />
Managing Director<br />
Marketing House, Unit 26 Ribocon Way,<br />
Progress Business Park,<br />
Luton, Beds. LU4 9UR,<br />
United Kingdom<br />
Reception tel. +44 844 669 1005<br />
Reception fax +44 844 669 1006<br />
<strong>UEL</strong> direct line +44 158 249 6113<br />
Email<br />
uel@greatbranding.co.uk<br />
Sporting-iD<br />
Reception tel. +44 1376 500 566<br />
Reception fax +44 1376 500 578<br />
Email<br />
sales@sporting-id.com<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
FINANCE DIRECTOR<br />
Josef Koller<br />
MARKETING DIRECTOR<br />
Guy-Laurent Epstein<br />
9<br />
HEAD OF MATCH OPERATIONS<br />
Marc Vouillamoz<br />
HEAD OF CLUB COMPETITIONS<br />
Michael Heselschwerdt<br />
10<br />
HEAD OF STADIA AND SECURITY<br />
Marc Timmer<br />
HEAD OF CLUB OPERATIONS<br />
Patrick Comninos<br />
11<br />
HEAD OF UEFA EVENTS CENTRE<br />
Didier Andrist<br />
HEAD OF COMMUNICATIONS<br />
David Farrelly<br />
HEAD OF LOGISTICS OPERATIONS<br />
Christopher Gibbons<br />
SENIOR UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE<br />
COMPETITION MANAGER<br />
Antonio Giachino<br />
SENIOR COMMERCIAL OPERATIONS MANAGER<br />
James Evangelides<br />
UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE COORDINATOR<br />
Domenico Tropea<br />
HEAD OF CLUB COMPETITIONS<br />
COMMERCIAL OPERATIONS<br />
Sébastien Leclerc<br />
HEAD OF TV PRODUCTION MARKETING /<br />
TV & VIDEO PRODUCTION<br />
Ross Bernard<br />
SENIOR MATCH OPERATIONS MANAGER<br />
Keith Dalton<br />
SENIOR COMMERCIAL OPERATIONS MANAGER<br />
Guillaume Poisson<br />
SENIOR TV MATCH OPERATIONS MANAGER<br />
MARKETING / TV & VIDEO PRODUCTION<br />
Hövel Markus<br />
MEDIA OPERATIONS COORDINATOR<br />
David Perrette<br />
12<br />
13<br />
<strong>14</strong><br />
15<br />
16<br />
17<br />
18<br />
186 UEFA EUROPA LEAGUE CLUB MANUAL <strong>2013</strong>/<strong>14</strong><br />
APPENDICES<br />
187